Samsung | WD136UVHJSM/YL | Samsung WD136UVHJSM/YL User guide

WD136UVHJSM
Washing Machine
user manual
imagine the possibilities
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
DC68-03129G-03
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd 1
2016-04-07
9:52:56
contents
SAFETY INFORMATION
3
What you need to know about safety
instructions
Important safety symbols and precautions
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
Checking the parts
Meeting installation requirements
Electrical supply and grounding
Water Supply
Drain
Flooring
Surrounding temperature
Alcove or closet installation
Installing your washing machine
21
21
22
25
26
26
27
28
29
30
31
31
33
33
33
Washing for the first time
Basic instructions
Using the control panel
Child lock
Delay end
Stop&Add
Eco Bubble
Air Wash
Using dry course
Washing clothes using the cycle selector
Washing clothes manually
Laundry guidelines
Detergent and additives information
Which detergent to use
Detergent drawer
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
37
37
Eco drum clean
Cleaning the exterior
Cleaning the interior
Cleaning the dispensers
Storing your washer
Cleaning the debris filter
Cleaning the door seal/bellow
Preserving the top cover and the front frame
Cleaning the water hose mesh filter
Repairing a frozen washing machine
38
40
Check these points if your washing machine...
Information codes
CYCLE CHART
41
Cycle chart
APPENDIX
42
42
43
Fabric care chart
Protecting the environment
Specifications
3
SETTING UP YOUR WASHING
MACHINE
13
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
21
CLEANING AND MAINTAINING YOUR
WASHING MACHINE
34
TROUBLESHOOTING AND
INFORMATION CODES
38
41
42
3
English - 2
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec4:2
2016-04-07
9:53:01
safety information
Congratulations on your new Samsung washer. This manual contains important
information on the installation, use and care of your appliance. Please take time to
read this manual to take full advantage of your washer’s many benefits and features.
Please read this manual thoroughly to ensure that you know how to safely and efficiently operate the extensive
features and functions of your new appliance and retain it at a safe place near the appliance for your future
reference. Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this instruction manual.
Warnings and Important Safety Instructions in this manual do not cover all possible conditions and
situations that may occur. It is your responsibility to use common sense, caution, and care when installing,
maintaining, and operating your washer.
Because these following operating instructions cover various models, the characteristics of your washer
may differ slightly from those described in this manual and not all warning signs may be applicable. If you
have any questions or concerns, contact your nearest service center or find help and information online at
www.samsung.com.
SAFETY INFORMATION
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
IMPORTANT SAFETY SYMBOLS AND PRECAUTIONS
What the icons and signs in this user manual mean:
WARNING
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in severe personal injury,
death and/or property damage.
CAUTION
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in personal injury and/or
property damage.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, electric shock, or personal injury
when using your washer, follow these basic safety precautions:
Do NOT attempt.
Do NOT disassemble.
Do NOT touch.
Follow directions explicitly.
Unplug the power plug from the wall socket.
Make sure the machine is grounded to prevent electric shock.
Call the service centre for help.
Note
Read the instructions
These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others.
Please follow them explicitly.
After reading this section, keep it in a safe place for future reference.
English - 3
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:3
2016-04-07
9:53:01
safety information
Read all instructions before using the appliance.
As with any equipment using electricity and moving parts, potential hazards exist. To safely operate
this appliance, become familiar with its operation and exercise care when using it.
1. This appliance is not to be used by persons (including children) with
reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience
and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction
concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
2. For use in Europe: This appliance can be used by children aged from
8 years and above and persons with reduced physical, sensory or
mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have
been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in
a safe way and understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play
with the appliance. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made
by children without supervision.
3. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the
appliance.
4. If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer,
its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.
5. The new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that
old hose-sets should not be reused.
6. For appliances with ventilation openings in the base, that a carpet must
not obstruct the openings.
7. For use in Europe: Children of less than 3 years should be kept away
unless continuously supervised.
8. CAUTION: In order to avoid a hazard due to inadvertent resetting of
the thermal cut-out, this appliance must not be supplied through an
external switching device, such as a timer, or connected to a circuit that
is regularly switched on and off by the utility.
English - 4
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:4
2016-04-07
9:53:02
SAFETY INFORMATION
9. The tumble dryer is not to be used if industrial chemicals have been
used for cleaning.
10. The lint trap has to be cleaned frequently, if applicable.
11. Lint must not to be allowed to accumulate around the tumble dryer. (not
applicable for appliances intended to be vented to the exterior of the
building)
12. Adequate ventilation has to be provided to avoid the back flow of gases
into the room from appliances burning other fuels, including open fires.
13. Do not dry unwashed items in the tumble dryer.
14. Items that have been soiled with substances such as cooking oil,
acetone, alcohol, petrol, kerosene, spot removers, turpentine, waxes
and wax removers should be washed in hot water with an extra amount
of detergent before being dried in the tumble dryer.
15. Items such as foam rubber (latex foam), shower caps, waterproof
textiles, rubber backed articles and clothes or pillows fitted with foam
rubber pads should not be dried in the tumble dryer.
16. Fabric softeners, or similar products, should be used as specified by the
fabric softener instructions.
17. The final part of a tumble dryer cycle occurs without heat (cool down
cycle) to ensure that the items are left at a temperature that ensures that
the items will not be damaged.
18. Remove all objects from pockets such as lighters and matches.
19. WARNING: Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of the drying
cycle unless all items are quickly removed and spread out so that the
heat is dissipated.
English - 5
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:5
2016-04-07
9:53:02
safety information
20. Exhaust air must not be discharged into a flue which is used for
exhausting fumes from appliances burning gas or other fuels.
21. The appliance must not be installed behind a lockable door, a sliding
door or a door with a hinge on the opposite side to that of the tumble
dryer, in such a way that a full opening of the tumble dryer door is
restricted.
English - 6
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:6
2016-04-07
9:53:02
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR INSTALLATION
The appliance is heavy, take care upon lifting it
Plug the power cord into an AC 230 V / 60 Hz wall socket or higher and use the socket for
this appliance only. In addition, do not use an extension cord.
- Sharing a wall socket with other appliances using a power strip or extending the power
cord may result in electric shock or fire.
- Ensure that the power voltage, frequency and current are the same as those of the
product specifications. Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire. Plug the
power plug into the wall socket firmly.
SAFETY INFORMATION
The installation of this appliance must be performed by a qualified technician or service
company.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, problems with the
product, or injury.
Remove all foreign substances such as dust or water from the power plug terminals and
contact points using a dry cloth on a regular basis.
- Unplug the power plug and clean it with a dry cloth.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Plug the power plug into the wall socket in the right direction so that the cord runs towards
the floor.
- If you plug the power plug into the socket in the opposite direction, the electric wires
within the cable may be damaged and this may result in electric shock or fire.
Keep all packaging materials well out of the reach of children, as packaging materials can
be dangerous to children.
- If a child places a bag over its head, it may result in suffocation.
When the appliance or power plug or power cord is damaged, contact your nearest service
centre.
This appliance must be properly grounded.
Do not ground the appliance to a gas pipe, plastic water pipe, or telephone line.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, or problems with the product
- Never plug the power cord into a socket that is not grounded correctly and make sure
that it is in accordance with local and national codes.
Do not install this appliance near a heater, inflammable material.
Do not install this appliance in a humid, oily or dusty location, in a location exposed to direct
sunlight and water (rain drops).
Do not install this appliance in a location of Low Temperature.
- Frost may cause tubes to burst
Do not install this appliance in a location where gas may leak.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not use an electric transformer.
- It may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not use a damaged power plug, damaged power cord or loose wall socket.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not pull or excessively bend the power cord.
Do not twist or tie the power cord.
English - 7
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:7
2016-04-07
9:53:02
safety information
Do not hook the power cord over a metal object, place a heavy object on the power cord,
insert the power cord between objects, or push the power cord into the space behind the
appliance.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not pull the power cord, when unplugging the power plug.
- Unplug the power plug by holding the plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not lay the power cord and tubes where you may fall over them.
This appliance should be positioned so that the power plug, the water supply taps, and the
drain pipes are accessible.
CAUTION
CAUTION SIGNS FOR INSTALLATION
This appliance should be positioned in such a way that it is accessible to the power plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire due to electric leakage.
Install your appliance on a level and hard floor that can support its weight.
- Failure to do so may result in abnormal vibrations, moves, noise, or problems with the
product.
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR USING
If the appliance is flooded, Turn off the water & power supply immediately and contact your
nearest service centre.
- Do not Touch the power plug with wet hands
- Failure to do so may cause electric shock
If the appliance generates a strange noise, a burning smell or smoke, unplug the power
plug immediately and contact your nearest service centre.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
In the event of a gas leak (such as propane gas, LP gas, etc.), ventilate immediately without
touching the power plug. Do not touch the appliance or power cord.
- Do not use a ventilating fan.
- A spark may result in an explosion or fire.
Do not let children play in or on the washer. In addition, when disposing of the appliance,
remove the washer door lever.
- If trapped inside, the child may become trapped and suffocate to death.
Make sure to remove the packaging (sponge, styrofoam) attached to the bottom of the
washer before using it.
English - 8
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:8
2016-04-07
9:53:03
Do not wash items contaminated with gasoline, kerosene, benzene, paint thinner, alcohol or
other flammable or explosive substances.
- This may result in electric shock, fire or an explosion.
This may result in injury.
- Opening the door by force may result in damage to the product or injury.
Do not insert your hand under the washer.
- This may result in injury.
Do not touch the power plug with wet hands.
- This may result in electric shock.
SAFETY INFORMATION
Do not open the washer door by force while it is operating (high-temperature washing/
drying/spinning).
- Water flowing out of the washer may result in burns or cause the floor to be slippery.
Do not turn the appliance off by unplugging the power plug while an operation is in
progress.
- Plugging the power plug into the wall socket again may cause a spark and result in
electric shock or fire.
Do not let children or infirm persons use this washer unsupervised. Do not let children climb
in the appliance
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, burns or injury.
Do not insert your hand or a metal object under the washer while it is operating.
- This may result in injury.
Do not unplug the appliance by pulling at the power cord, always grip plug firmly and pull
straight out from the outlet.
- Damage to the cord may cause short-circuit, fire and/or electric shock
Do not attempt to repair, disassemble, or modify the appliance yourself.
- Do not use any fuse (such as cooper, steel wire, etc.) other than the standard fuse.
- When repairing or reinstalling the appliance is required, contact your nearest service
centre.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
If the water supply hose comes loose from the Water tap and floods the appliance, unplug
the power plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Unplug the power plug when the appliance is not being used for long periods of time or
during a thunder/lightning storm.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not let children (or pets) play in or on your product. The product door does not open
easily from the inside and children may be seriously injured if trapped inside.
English - 9
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:9
2016-04-07
9:53:03
safety information
CAUTION
CAUTION SIGNS FOR USING
When the washer is contaminated by a foreign substance such as detergent, dirt, food
waste, etc., unplug the power plug and clean the washer using a damp and soft cloth.
- Failure to do so may result in discolouration, deformation, damage or rust.
The front glass may be broken by a strong impact. Take care when using the washer.
- When the glass is broken, it may result in injury.
After a water supply failure or when reconnecting the water supply hose, open the Water
Tap slowly.
Open the Water Tap slowly after a long period of non-use.
- The air pressure in the water supply hose or the water pipe may result in damage to a
part or in water leakage.
If a drain error occurs during an operation, check if there is a draining problem.
- If the washer is used when it is flooded because of a draining problem, it may result in
electric shock or fire due to electric leakage.
Insert the laundry into the washer completely so that laundry does not get caught in the
door.
- If laundry gets caught in the door, it may result in damage to the laundry or the washer,
or result in water leakage.
Ensure that the Water Tap is turned off when the washer is not being used.
- Ensure that the screw on the water supply hose connector is properly tightened.
- Failure to do so may result in property damage or injury.
Check if the rubber seal is not contaminated by foreign substances (waste, thread, etc).
- If the door is not closed completely, it may result in water leakage.
Open the Water Tap and check if the water supply hose connector is firmly tightened and
that there is no water leaking before using the product.
- If the screws or the water supply hose connector are loose, it may result in water
leakage.
English - 10
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:10
2016-04-07
9:53:03
Do not stand on top of the appliance or place objects (such as laundry, lighted candles,
lighted cigarettes, dishes, chemicals, metal objects, etc.) on the appliance.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
Do not place an object that generates a electromagnetic field near the washer.
- This may result in injury due to a malfunction.
Since the water drained during a high-temperature wash or drying cycle is hot, do not touch
the water.
- This may result in burns or injury.
Do not wash, spin or dry water-proof seats, mats or clothing (*) unless your appliance has a
special program for washing these items.
- Do not wash thick, hard mats even if the washer mark is on the care label.
- This may result in injury or damage to the washer, walls, floor or clothing due to
abnormal vibrations.
* Woollen bedding, rain covers, fishing vests, ski pants, sleeping bags, diaper covers,
sweat suits, and bicycle, motor cycle, car covers, etc.
SAFETY INFORMATION
Do not spray volatile material such as insecticide onto the surface of the appliance.
- As well as being harmful to humans, it may also result in electric shock, fire or problems
with the product.
Do not operate the washer when the detergent box is removed.
- This may result in electric shock or injury due to water leakage.
Do not touch the inside of the tub during or just after drying as it is hot.
- This may result in burns.
Do not insert your hand into the detergent box after opening it.
- This may result in injury as your hand may be caught by the detergent input device. Do
not place any objects (such as shoes, food waste, animals) other than laundry into the
washer.
- This may result in damage to the washer, or injury and death in the case of pets due to
the abnormal vibrations.
Do not press the buttons using sharp objects such as pins, knifes, fingernails, etc.
- This may result in electric shock or injury.
Do not wash laundry contaminated by oils, creams or lotions usually found in skincare
shops or massage clinics.
- This may result in the rubber seal becoming deformed and water leakage.
Do not leave metal objects such as a safety pin or hair pin, or bleach in the tub for long
periods of time.
- This may cause the tub to rust.
- If rust starts appearing on the surface of the tub, apply a cleansing agent (neutral) to the
surface and use a sponge to clean it. Never use a metal brush.
Do not use dry cleaning detergent directly and do not wash, rinse, or spin laundry
contaminated by dry cleaning detergent.
- This may result in spontaneous combustion or ignition due to the heat of the oxidation of
the oil.
Do not use hot water from water cooling/heating devices.
- This may result in problems with the washer.
English - 11
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:11
2016-04-07
9:53:03
safety information
Do not use natural hand-washing soap for the washer.
- If it hardens and accumulates inside the washer, it may result in problems with the
product, discolouration, rust or bad odors.
Do not wash large laundry items such as bedding in the washing net.
- Place socks and brassieres into the washing net and wash them with the other laundry.
- Failure to do so may result in injury due to abnormal vibrations.
Do not use hardened detergent.
- If it accumulates inside the washer, it may result in water leakage.
For washing machines with ventilation openings in the base, ensure that the opening is not
obstructed by carpet or any other obstacles.
Make sure that the pockets of all clothing to be washed are empty.
- Hard, sharp objects, such as coins, safety pins, nails, screws, or stones can cause
extensive damage to the appliance.
Do not wash clothing with large buckles, buttons, or other heavy metal.
The tumble dryer is not to be used if industrial chemicals have been used for cleaning.
Lint must not to be allowed to accumulate around the tumble dryer.
Do Not Dry Unwashed Items In The Tumble Dryer.
Items that have been soiled with substances such as cooking oil, acetone, alcohol, petrol,
kerosene, spot removers, turpentine, waxes and wax removers should be washed in hot
water with an extra amount of detergent before being dried in the tumble dryer.
Items such as foam rubber (latex foam), shower caps, waterproof textiles, rubber backed
articles and clothes or pillows fitted with foam rubber pads should not be dried in the
tumble dryer.
Fabric softeners, or similar products, should be used as specified by the fabric softener
instructions.
The final part of a tumble dryer cycle occurs without heat (cool down cycle) to ensure that
the items are left at a temperature that ensures that the items will not be damaged.
WARNING: Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of the drying cycle unless all items are
quickly removed and spread out so that the heat is dissipated.
That the appliance must not be installed behind a lockable door, a sliding door or a door
with a hinge on the opposite side to that of the tumble dryer.
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR CLEANING
Do not clean the appliance by spraying water directly onto it.
Do not use benzene, thinner or alcohol to clean the appliance.
- This may result in discolouration, deformation, damage, electric shock or fire.
Before cleaning or performing maintenance, unplug the appliance from the wall socket.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
English - 12
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec2:12
2016-04-07
9:53:03
setting up your washing
machine
CHECKING THE PARTS
Carefully unpack your washing machine, and make sure you’ve received all of the parts shown below.
If your washing machine was damaged during shipping, or if you do not have all of the parts, contact
Samsung Customer Service or your Samsung dealer.
SETTING UP
Be sure to have your installer follow these instructions closely so that your new
washing machine works properly and so that you’re not at risk of injury when doing
laundry.
Option
Detergent drawer
Control panel
Door
Drain Hose
Tub
Debris filter
Filter cover
Adjustable legs
Spanner
Bolt hole covers
Hose guide
Drain hose
Water supply hose
English - 13
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:13
2016-04-07
9:53:04
setting up your washing
machine
MEETING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Electrical supply and grounding
WARNING
Never use an extension cord.
Use only the power cord that comes with your washing machine.
When preparing for installation, ensure that your power supply offers:
• AC 230 V / 60 Hz fuse or circuit breaker
• Individual branch circuit serving only your washing machine
Your washing machine must be grounded. If your washing machine malfunctions or breaks
down, grounding will reduce the risk of electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for
the electric current.
Your washing machine comes with a power cord having a three-prong grounding plug for use in
a properly installed and grounded outlet.
Never connect the ground wire to plastic plumbing lines, gas lines, or hot water pipes.
Improperly connecting the equipment-grounding conductor can result in electric shock.
Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are unsure if the washing machine is
properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with the washing machine. If it does not fit
the outlet, have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician.
Water Supply
Your washing machine will fill properly when your water pressure is 137 kPa ~ 800 kPa. Water
pressure less than 137 kPa may cause water valve failure, not allowing the water valve to shut
off completely. Or, it may take the washing machine longer to fill than what the controls allow,
resulting in your washing machine turning off. (A fill-time limit, designed to prevent overflows/
flooding if an internal hose becomes loose, is built into the controls.)
The water taps must be within 120 cm of the back of your washing machine for the provided
inlet hoses provided to reach your washing machine.
Most plumbing supply stores sell inlet hoses of various lengths up to 305 cm long.
You can reduce the risk of leaks and water damage by:
• Making water taps easily accessible.
• Turning off taps when the washing machine is not in use.
• Periodically checking for leaks at water inlet hose fittings.
WARNING
Before using your washing machine for the first time, check all connections at the water
valve and taps for leaks.
English - 14
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:14
2016-04-07
9:53:04
Drain
Flooring
For best performance, your washing machine must be installed on a solidly constructed floor.
Wood floors may need to be reinforced to minimize vibration and/or unbalanced loads. Carpeting
and soft tile surfaces are contributing factors to vibrations and the tendency for your washing
machine to move slightly during the spin cycle.
SETTING UP
Samsung recommends a standpipe height of 46cm. The drain hose must be routed through
the drain hose clip to the standpipe. The standpipe must be large enough to accept the outside
diameter of the drain hose. The drain hose is attached at the factory.
Never install your washing machine on a platform or poorly supported structure.
Surrounding temperature
Do not install your washing machine in areas where water may freeze, since your washing
machine always retains some water in its water valve, pump, and hose areas. Frozen water in the
lines can cause damage to belts, the pump, and other components.
Alcove or closet installation
To operate safely and properly, your new washing machine requires minimum clearances of:
Sides – 25 mm
Rear – 51 mm
Top – 25 mm
Front – 465 mm
INSTALLING YOUR WASHING MACHINE
STEP 1
Selecting a location
Before you install the washing machine, make sure the location:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Has a hard, level surface without carpeting or flooring that may obstruct ventilation
Is away from direct sunlight
Has adequate ventilation
Will not be freezing (below 0 ˚C)
Is away from heat sources such as oil or gas
Has enough space so that the washing machine doesn’t stand on its power cord
English - 15
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:15
2016-04-07
9:53:04
setting up your washing
machine
STEP 2
Removing the shipping bolts
Before installing the washing machine, you must remove all shipping bolts from the back of the
unit.
1. Loosen all the bolts with the supplied wrench.
Option
2. Hold the bolt with the spanner and pull it through the wide
section of the hole. Repeat for each bolt.
3. Fill the holes with the supplied plastic covers.
4. Store the shipping bolts away safely in case you have to move the washing machine in the
future.
WARNING
Packaging materials can be dangerous to children; keep all packaging material (plastic
bags, polystyrene, etc.) well out of the reach of children.
English - 16
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:16
2016-04-07
9:53:04
STEP 3
Adjusting the Levelling feet
1. Slide the washing machine into position.
2. Level your washing machine by turning the levelling feet in
and out as necessary by hand.
SETTING UP
When installing your washing machine, ensure that the power plug, the water supply and
the drain are easily accessible.
3. When your washing machine is level, tighten the nuts using
the wrench supplied with your washing machine.
STEP 4
Connecting the water and drain
Connecting the water supply hose
Option
1. Take the L-shaped arm fitting for the cold water
supply hose and connect it to the cold water
supply intake on the back of the machine.
Tighten by hand.
The water supply hose must be connected
to the washing machine at one end and to
the water tap at the other. Do not stretch the
water supply hose. If the hose is too short,
replace the hose with a longer, high pressure
hose.
2. Connect the other end of the cold water supply
hose to your sink’s cold water tap and tighten
it by hand. If necessary, you can reposition the
water supply hose at the washing machine end
by loosening the fitting, rotating the hose, and
retightening the fitting.
For selected models with an additional hot water intake:
1. Take the red L-shaped arm fitting for the hot water supply hose and connect it to the hot
water supply intake on the back of the machine. Tighten by hand.
2. Connect the other end of the hot water supply hose to your sink’s hot water tap and tighten
it by hand.
3. Use a Y-piece if you only want to use cold water.
English - 17
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:17
2016-04-07
9:53:05
setting up your washing
machine
Connecting the water supply hose
1. Remove the adaptor from the water supply hose.
Adaptor
Water supply
hose
2. First, using a ‘+’ type screwdriver, loosen the four screws
on the adaptor. Next, take the adaptor and turn part (2)
following the arrow until there is a 5 mm gap.
1
5 mm
2
3. Connect the adaptor to the water tap by tightening the
screws firmly while lifting the adaptor upwards.
Turn part (2) following the arrow and connect (1) and (2).
Water tap
1
2
4. Connect the water supply hose to the adaptor.
When you release part (3), the hose automatically
connects to the adaptor making a ‘click’ sound.
After you have connected the water supply
hose to the adaptor, ensure that it is connected
correctly by pulling the water supply hose
downwards.
3
5. Connect the other end of the water supply hose to the inlet
water valve at the rear of the washing machine. Screw the
hose clockwise all the way in.
Option
English - 18
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:18
2016-04-07
9:53:05
WARNING
•
Do not use your washing machine if there is a water leak.
This may cause electric shock or injury.
✗
✗
SETTING UP
6. Turn on the water supply and ensure that no water leaks
from the water valve, tap or adaptor. If there is a water
leaks, repeat the previous steps.
If the water tap has a screw type tap, connect the water
supply hose to the tap as shown.
Use the most conventional type of tap for the water supply. In case the tap is square or too
big, remove the spacing ring before inserting the tap into the adaptor.
English - 19
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:19
2016-04-07
9:53:05
setting up your washing
machine
Connecting the drain hose
The end of the drain hose can be positioned in three ways:
1. Over the edge of a wash basin: The drain hose must be placed at a height of between 60
and 90 cm. To keep the drain hose spout bent, use the supplied plastic hose guide. Secure
the guide to the wall with a hook or to the tap with a piece of string to prevent the drain hose
from moving.
60 ~ 90 cm
Drain hose
Hose guide
2. ln a sink drain pipe branch: The drain pipe branch must be above the sink siphon so that
the end of the hose is at least 60 cm above the ground.
3. ln a drain pipe: We recommend using a 65 cm high vertical pipe; it must be no shorter than
60 cm and no longer than 90 cm.
STEP 5
Powering your washing machine
Plug the power cord into a wall sockets, an AC 230 V / 60 Hz approved electrical outlet
protected by a fuse or circuit breaker. (For more information on electrical and grounding
requirements, see page 14.)
English - 20
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec9:20
2016-04-07
9:53:06
washing a load of laundry
With your new Samsung washing machine, the hardest part of doing laundry will be
deciding which load to wash first.
WASHING FOR THE FIRST TIME
1. Press the Power button.
2. Add a little detergent to the detergent compartment
the detergent drawer.
in
To use liquid detergent, use the liquid detergent
compartment
3. Turn on the water supply to the washing machine.
4. Press the Start/Pause button.
This will remove any water that might be left over in the
machine from the manufacturer’s test run.
Compartment
Compartment
Compartment
Compartment
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Before washing laundry for the first time, you must run a complete empty cycle (i.e. no laundry).
: Detergent for prewash, or starch.
: Detergent for the main wash, water softener, pre-soaking agent, bleach and
stain removal product.
: Detergent for the main wash using liquid detergent.
(do not add powdered detergent into the liquid detergent compartment.)
(fill no higher than lower edge(MAX) of “ ”)
: Additives, e.g. fabric softener or former (fill no higher than lower edge (MAX)
of “ ”)
BASIC INSTRUCTIONS
1. Load your laundry into the washing machine.
WARNING
Do not overload the washing machine. To determine the load capacity for each type of
laundry, refer to the chart on page 32.
• Make sure that laundry is not caught in the door, as this may cause a water leak.
• Washing detergent may remain in the front rubber part of the washer after a wash cycle.
Remove any remaining detergent, as they may cause a water leak.
• Do not touch the door glass while your washing machine is running or it may be hot.
• Do not open the detergent drawer or the debris filter while your washing machine is
running or you might be exposed to hot water or steam.
• Do not wash water-proofed items in normal cycle except outdoor care program.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Close the door until it latches.
Turn the power on.
Add detergent and additives to the dispenser drawer.
Select the appropriate cycle and options for the load.
The Wash Indicator light will illuminate and the estimated cycle time will appear in the display.
6. Press the Start/Pause button.
English - 21
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:21
2016-04-07
9:53:06
washing a load of laundry
USING THE CONTROL PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Select the tumble pattern and spin speed for the cycle.
For detailed information, refer to “Washing clothes using the cycle
selector”. (see page 30)
1
CYCLE SELECTOR
Cotton - For average or lightly soiled cottons, bed linen, table linen,
underwear, towels, shirts, etc.
Quick Wash - For lightly soiled garments needed quickly.
Wool - This is the course for lingerie or clothing made from wool.
For machine-washable wool.
• The wool course washes the laundry using gentle cradling actions.
During the wash, the gentle cradling and soaking actions are
continued to protect the wool fibers from shrinkage / distortion and
for a super gentle clean. This stop operation is not a problem.
• Neutral detergent is recommended for wool course, for improved
washing results and for improved care of the wool fibers.
Bedding - For bulky items such as blankets and sheets. When you are
washing comforters, use liquid detergent.
Anti-Bacterial - This course is appropriate to wash underwear we
change everyday, strong dirt removal and sterilization is performed
simultaneously.
Super Eco Wash - Low Temperature Eco Bubble, ensures that you
achieve perfect wash results while allowing effective energy saving.
Sports Wear - Use this cycle to wash exercise wear such as sports
jersey, training pants and shirts/tops. This cycle provides effective soil
and sweat stains removal.
Baby Care - High temperature wash and extra rinses helps to ensure
that virtually no washing powder should remain to mark your thin clothes.
Night Care - A small load of laundry 2 kg is washed and ready to wear
in 6 hours without your transferring the load from the washer to the dryer.
- For best result, wash 2 kg of clothing or the equivalent : e.g 1 pair of
pants and 2 shirts, 4 dress shirts.
Avoid washing the following items in Night Care cycle.
• Items with “Do not tumble dry” symbol (
) on care label.
• Sensitive clothes or stuffs made of leather, mink, fur, silk, latex,
napping etc.
• Bulky bedding items (e.g. blanket)
• Underwear trimmed with lace, ‘glued’ doll cushions, and dress
suits may have their decorations loosened.
English - 22
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:22
2016-04-07
9:53:07
-
DIGITAL DISPLAY
The large Digital Display is easy to use. It provides instructions and
diagnostics while keeping you updated on the cycle status and time
remaining.
3
SELECT CYCLE
OPTION
Eco Bubble - Eco Bubble selection is turned on as a default. Press the
Eco Bubble option button once to deselect and the Bubble Generator
OFF (shown on the panel), press it again to turn the function back ON.
• Some wash cycles must have Eco Bubble option ON (will show on
the panel, and the Generator will turn on automatically).
• Other wash cycles do not need this option and automatically turn the
Generator OFF.
• On many cycles, you can manually adjust this option, which will
visibly affect wash time on the panel to achieve results (please see
page 27 for more information).
Delay End - Any cycle can be delayed for up to 24 hours in one-hour
increments. Displayed hour indicates the time at which the wash will be
finished.
Stop&Add - Select this to add the laundry during the process (See
“Stop&Add” on page 26).
Eco Drum Clean - Use for drum cleaning. It helps to clean dirt and
bacteria of drum. Regular use (once a month or so) is recommended. No
detergent or bleach needed.
4
TEMPERATURE
SELECTION BUTTON
Press this button repeatedly to cycle through the available water
temperature options: (COLD (Deselect), 30 ˚C, 40 ˚C, 60 ˚C and 95 ˚C).
5
RINSE SELECTION
BUTTON
Press this button to add additional rinse cycles. The maximum number of
rinse cycles is five.
6
SPIN SELECTION
BUTTON
Press the button repeatedly to cycle through the available speeds for the
spin cycle.
“No spin (All Lamps Turn Off )” - The laundry remains in the drum and no
spin cycle is performed after the final drain.
2
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Some clothes may require ironing after a Night Care cycle.
Some of clothes may require extra drying with vent dryer for about
5~10 minutes after Night Care cycle.
- When the weather is cold and humid, additional drying may be
required.
- To prevent wrinkles, the Night Care cycle keeps tumbling regularly
after the main process ends.
You can take the load from the washer anytime during this tumbling
process. (The LED light will be on “End” in the process indicator.
Tumbling stops when you open the door)
- Lint may accumulate inside washer after Night Care, clean it and use
washer.
Air Wash - This course is useful for removing bad odors. Turning the
Cycle Selector cycles through the following operating modes.
• Deodorization - Reduces bad smells from the laundry
• Sanitization - Deodorize and sanitize the laundry by strong air wash
action with higher temp.
English - 23
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:23
2016-04-07
9:53:07
washing a load of laundry
7
DRYING BUTTON
Pressing the button cycles through the following options.
Cupboard  Daily Shirts Time (30 min.  1:00 h  1:30 h  2:00 h
 2:30 h)  Cupboard
Cupboard - Select to dry laundry automatically by detecting the amount
and weight of the laundry. Select this to dry cotton clothing such as
cotton trousers, T-shirts, and cotton underwear.
Daily Shirts - Select this course to dry a shirt or a blouse (school
uniform) in a short time.
Time - Dry the laundry for the specified period of time.
• You must avoid washing laundry that may not be dried as it may
be deformed even at Low Temp.
• The Cupboard options detect the weight of the laundry in
order to display an accurate drying time and dry them more
completely.
• The drying conditions may differ depending on the type and the
amount of laundry.
8
START/PAUSE
SELECTION BUTTON
Press to pause and restart programs.
9
POWER BUTTON
Press once to turn your washer on, press again to turn your washer off. If
the washer is left on for more than 10 minutes without any buttons being
touched, the power automatically turns off.
English - 24
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:24
2016-04-07
9:53:07
Child lock
Child Lock prevents children from playing with your washer.
Once you have activated the Child Lock function, the control panel cannot be activated,
preventing children from playing with the washer.
Press and hold both the Temp. and Rinse buttons
simultaneously for approximately 3 seconds.
• When you activate the Child Lock function, the door locks
and the “Child Lock [ ]” lamp illuminates.
• If you press the Start/Pause button after you have activated
the Child Lock function , none of the buttons will work
except for the Power button.
• If you press a button when the buttons are locked, the
“Child Lock [ ]” lamp blinks.
Pausing the Child Lock function
When the door is locked or the buttons are locked by the Child
3 SEC.
Lock function, you can pause the
Child Lock operation for 1 minute by pressing and holding both
the Temp. and Rinse buttons
simultaneously for approximately 3 seconds.
• If you pause the Child Lock mode temporarily, the door lock is released for 1 minute for user
convenience. During this period, the “Child Lock [ ]” lamp blinks.
• If you open the door after the minute is over, an alarm sounds for up to 2 minutes.
• If you close the door within the 2 minutes, the door is locked and the Child Lock function is
reactivated. If you close the door after the 2 minutes, the door is not locked automatically and
no alarm sounds.
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Activating/Deactivating
Deactivating the Child Lock function
Press and hold both the Temp. and Rinse buttons simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds.
• When you deactivate the Child Lock function, the door is unlocked and the “Child Lock [ ]”
is turned off.
• The Child Lock function prevents children or the infirm from accidently operating the washer
and injuring themselves.
WARNING
• If a child enters the washing machine, the child may become trapped and suffocate.
• Once you have activated the Child Lock function, it continues working even if the power is
turned off.
CAUTION
• Opening the door by force can result in injury due to damage to the product.
• To add laundry after you have activated the Child Lock function, you must first pause or
deactivate the Child Lock function.
• If you want to open the door of the washing machine when the Child Lock function is
activated:
• Pause or deactivate the Child Lock function.
• Turn the washing machine off and then on again.
When the Child Lock function is activated, only the Power button works. The Child Lock
function remains on even after the power is turned on and off or after the disconnecting and
reconnecting the power cord.
English - 25
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:25
2016-04-07
9:53:07
washing a load of laundry
Delay end
You can set the washing machine to finish your wash automatically at a later time, choosing a
delay of max 24 hours (in 1 hour increments). The hour displayed indicates the time at which the
wash will be finished
1. Manually or automatically set your washing machine according to the type of laundry you are
washing.
2. Press the Delay End button repeatedly until the delay time is set.
3. Press the Start/Pause button. The “Delay End ” indicator will be lit, and the clock will begin
counting down until it reaches the set time.
4. To cancel a Delay End function, press the Power button and then turn the washing machine
on again.
Stop&Add
When the washing machine is working, the door is locked, and the “Stop&Add” lamp is off, you
will not be able to add laundry. You can only add laundry when the Stop&Add lamp is illuminated.
1. Press the Stop&Add button.
The washing machine will automatically pause.
2. Wait about 30 seconds and check the state of “Stop&Add” lamp.
• Blinking: The water in the washing machine is drained down to the safety level for the
additional laundry to be added.
• Off: Adding laundry is possible.
3. Add the laundry.
4. Press the Start/Pause button.
• Avoid adding laundry when the machine has foamed up or is filled with water. Otherwise,
the foam or water may leak from the door. Check before opening the door.
• We recommend that you select the Stop&Add function 5 minutes before a cycle is
performed.
• If the internal temperature is higher than 55 ˚C during the wash cycle or 70 ˚C during the
drying cycle, the Stop&Add function cannot be selected.
• Do not open the door by force as it may result in injury or damage the washer.
English - 26
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:26
2016-04-07
9:53:08
Eco Bubble
Course
Bubble function
Cotton, Baby Care, Night Care,
Bedding, Anti-Bacterial
Canceling the bubble function
Available
Available
Drying, Sanitization, Deodorization,
Eco Drum Clean
•
Not available
Not available
-
A different bubble function may be applied depending the course.
Eco Bubble selection is default. Press it once to deselect bubble option, press it again to
select bubble option.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the door, place the laundry inside the wash tub and close the door.
Press the Power button.
Select a function.
Place the appropriate amount of detergent and fabric softener into the corresponding
compartments depending on the amount of laundry and close the detergent drawer.
• Add the appropriate amount of detergent into the detergent compartment , and add
the fabric softener to softener compartment
just under the fiber softener base line
(MAX) of “ ”.
• To use liquid detergent, add the liquid detergent into the liquid detergent compartment
just under the liguid detergent base line(MAX) of “ ”.
Do not add powdered detergent into the liquid detergent compartment
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Super Eco Wash, Sports Wear,
Quick Wash, Wool
.
5. Press the Start/Pause button.
• Press the Start/Pause button to start the wash.
• The amount of the laundry is automatically detected and the laundry is washed.
• Once a washing machine operation begins, you cannot add or select the bubble function.
• Enough bubbles are generated with the specified amount of detergent.
• Please clean the debris filter frequently. Periodic cleaning helps generate sufficient
bubbles.
• Depending on the detergent and the laundry, the bubbles may be absorbed and seem
like a Small Load quantity.
• Although bubbles are generated once the wash begins, it may take several minutes for
users to see them.
English - 27
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:27
2016-04-07
9:53:08
washing a load of laundry
Air Wash
Air Wash can refresh laundry without using water owing to its powerful airing system. Clothing
that can be refreshed includes woolen coats, cotton jumpers, sweaters and suits. [Two items or
less (less than 1 kg)]
1. Open the door, place the laundry into the washing machine and close the door.
2. Press the Power button.
3. Select Air Wash by turning the Cycle Selector.
MODE
CYCLE TIME
Deodorization
26 min
Sanitization
25 min
•
When one of these options has been selected, no other button can be selected and you
can only select the delay end time from between 24:00.
4. Close the door and press the Start/Pause button.
• When there is water in the tub, Air Wash cannot be worked. Drain the water and select
Air Wash.
• Press the Start/Pause or Power button to remove the laundry.
• Fragrance or dryer sheets can be used with Air Wash programs to add fragrance to your
refreshed laundry (one sheet per one or two items).
Avoid Air Wash the following clothes:
• Sensitive clothes made of leather, mink, fur, silk, etc.
• Underwear trimmed with lace, ‘glued’ doll cushions, and dress suits may have their
decorations loosened.
• Clothes trimmed with buttons can cause them to break.
• Starchy clothes can become deformed.
• Hard bedding such as a wooden pillows (neck-rest)
- Pillows or blankets filled with plastic or starch rather than cotton
- Electric blankets
• Furry blankets
• Bulky blankets
• Latex pillow
English - 28
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:28
2016-04-07
9:53:09
USING DRY COURSE
• Every press of this button will select drying type repeatedly in the following order:
Cupboard  Daily Shirts  Time (30 min.  1:00 h  1:30 h  2:00 h  2:30 h) 
Cupboard
Drying Type
Auto
Drying
Information
Max Load
Time
(Max Load)
Cupboard
Standard: Dries the laundry.
8.0 kg
270 min
Daily Shirts
Dries one shirt
0.2 kg
19 min
-
30/60/90/
120/150 min
Time Drying
You can select the appropriate
drying time depending on the
texture, quantity, and moisture.
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Refer to the label of drying capacity and be sure to put in the clothes to the lower level than the marked line
for the dried clothes of 8.0 kg.
1. Open the door, put in the clothes and close the door again.
2. Press the Power button and then press the Drying button.
: The standard course will be selected automatically.
Drying is not available for Eco Drum Clean, Air Wash, Sports Wear, Bedding and Wool
courses.
3. Select Drying button as follows.
Drying Programs
• It automatically displays Drying Time by sensing the weight of clothes before drying for
increasing the drying effect.
• If you want to dry some more after use the Auto Drying, please use the Time.
• If both the spin and drying cycles are selected, the spin speed is automatically selected
to enhance the drying efficiency.
• When using the drying cycle, check if the water supply valve is opened.
4. Press Start/Pause button.
: It automatically performs an optimal function from washing to drying.
• The selected course can’t be altered after the start of drying.
• If cold water is not supplied, drying will not be performed.
• If the Cupboard is selected only, the spin cycle is automatically selected to enhance the
drying efficiency. To cancel the spin cycle, press the Spin button until the all lamps turn
off.
English - 29
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:29
2016-04-07
9:53:09
washing a load of laundry
Washing clothes using the cycle selector
Your new washing machine makes washing clothes easy, using Samsung’s “Fuzzy Control”
automatic control system. When you select a wash program, the machine will set the correct
temperature, washing time, and washing speed.
1. Turn on your sink’s water tap.
2. Press the Power button.
3. Open the door.
4. Load the articles of clothing one at a time loosely into the drum, without overfilling it.
5. Close the door.
6. Add detergent, softener, and pre-wash detergent (if necessary) into the appropriate
compartments.
Pre-wash is only available when selecting the Baby Care course. It is only necessary if your
clothing is heavily soiled.
7. Use the Cycle Selector to select the appropriate cycle according to the type of material:
Cotton, Quick Wash, Wool, Bedding, Anti-Bacterial, Super Eco Wash, Sports Wear, Baby
Care and Night Care. The relevant indicators will illuminate on the control panel.
8. At this time, you can control the wash temperature, the number of rinse cycles, the spinning
speed, and the delay time by pressing the appropriate option button.
9. Press the Start/Pause button on the Cycle Selector and the wash will begin. The process
indicator will light up and the remaining time for the cycle will appear in the display.
Pause Option
1.
2.
3.
4.
Within 5 minutes of starting a wash, it is possible to add/remove laundry items to the wash.
Press the Start/Pause button to unlock the door.
The door cannot be opened when the water is too HOT or the water level is too HIGH.
After closing the door, press the Start/Pause button to restart the wash.
When the cycle is finished:
After the total cycle has finished, the power will turn off automatically.
1. Open the door.
2. Remove laundry.
English - 30
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:30
2016-04-07
9:53:09
Washing clothes manually
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
You can wash clothes manually without using the Cycle Selector.
1. Turn the water supply on.
2. Press the Power button on the washing machine.
3. Open the door.
4. Load the articles loosely into the drum one at a time, without overfilling it.
5. Close the door.
6. Add detergent and, if necessary, softener or prewash detergent, into the appropriate
compartments.
7. Press the Temp. button to select the temperature. (30 ˚C, 40 ˚C, 60 ˚C, 95 ˚C)
(Deselect(All Lamps Turn Off ): Cold water)
8. Press the Rinse button to select the required number of rinse cycles.
The maximum number of rinse cycles is five.
The wash duration is increased accordingly.
9. Press the Spin button to select the spin speed. (Deselect(All Lamps Turn Off ): No Spin)
10. Press the Delay End button repeatedly to cycle through the available Delay End options
(from 1 hour to 24 hours in one hour increments). The hour displayed indicates the time at
which the wash will be finished.
11. Press the Start/Pause button and the machine will begin the cycle.
LAUNDRY GUIDELINES
Follow these simple guidelines for the cleanest laundry and the most efficient wash.
Always check the Care label on clothing before washing.
Sort and wash your laundry according to the following criteria:
• Care Label: Sort laundry into cottons, mixed fibres, synthetics, silks, wools and rayons.
• Colour: Divide whites and colours. Wash new colour items separately.
• Size: Placing items of different sizes in the same load will improve the wash action.
• Sensitivity: Wash delicate items separately, using the Wool wash cycle for pure, new woollen
items, curtains and silk articles. Check the labels on the items you are washing or refer to the
fabric care chart in the appendix.
Emptying pockets
Before each wash, empty all the pockets of your laundry. Small Load, irregularly shaped hard
objects, such as coins, knives, pins, and paperclips could damage your washing machine. Do
not wash clothing with large buckles, buttons, or other heavy metal objects.
Metal on clothing may damage your clothing as well as the tub. Turn clothing with buttons and
embroidered clothes inside out before washing them. If zips of pants and jackets are open while
washing, the spin basket may be damaged. Zips should be closed and fixed with a string before
washing.
Clothing with long strings may become entangled with other clothes damaging them. Be sure to
fix the strings before starting the wash.
Prewashing cotton
Your new washing machine, combined with modern detergents, will give perfect washing results,
thus saving energy, time, water and detergent. However, if your cotton is particularly dirty,
prewash with a protein-based detergent.
English - 31
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:31
2016-04-07
9:53:09
washing a load of laundry
Determining the load capacity
Do not overload the washing machine or your laundry may not wash properly. Use the chart
below to determine the load capacity for the type of laundry you are washing.
Fabric Type
Load Capacity
Model
WD136UVHJSM
Night Care
2.0 kg
Baby Care
6.0 kg
Sports Wear
3.0 kg
Super Eco Wash
3.0 kg
Cotton
13.0 kg
Quick Wash
5.0 kg
Wool
4.0 kg
Bedding
3.5 kg (1 sheet)
Anti-Bacterial
9.0 kg
• When the laundry is unbalanced (“UE” lights up on the display), redistribute the load.
If the laundry is unbalanced, the spin efficiency may be degraded.
• When washing Bedding or Duvet cover, the wash time may be lengthened or the spin
efficiency may be degraded.
Make sure to insert brassieres (water washable) into a laundry net (to be
purchased additionally).
• The metal parts of the brassieres may break through the material
and damage the laundry. Therefore make sure to place them inside
a fine laundry net.
• Small Load, light clothing such as socks, gloves, stockings and
handkerchiefs may become caught around the door. Place them
inside a fine laundry net.
CAUTION
Do not wash the laundry net by itself without other laundry. This
may cause abnormal vibrations that could move the washing machine and cause an
accident resulting in injury.
English - 32
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:32
2016-04-07
9:53:09
DETERGENT AND ADDITIVES INFORMATION
Which detergent to use
Do not use detergent that has hardended or solidified as the detergent may remain in
the rinse cycle. It may cause your washing machine to not rinse properly or result in the
overflow becoming blocked.
Please note the following when using the Wool course.
• Use a neutral liquid detergent for wool only.
• When using a powder detergent, it may remain on the laundry and cause damage to the
material (wool).
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
The type of detergent you should use is based on the type of fabric (cotton, synthetic, delicate
items, wool), colour, wash temperature, and degree of soiling. Always use “low suds” laundry
detergent, which is designed for automatic washing machines.
Follow the detergent manufacturer’s recommendations based on the weight of the laundry, the
degree of soiling, and the hardness of the water in your area. If you do not know how hard your
water is, enquire at your local water authority.
Detergent drawer
Your washing machine has separate compartments for dispensing detergent and fabric softener.
Add all laundry additives to the correct compartment before starting your washing machine.
Do not open the detergent drawer while your washing machine is running or you might be
exposed to hot water or steam.
1. Pull out the detergent drawer on the left side of the control
panel.
2. Add the recommended amount of laundry detergent
before starting
directly into the detergent compartment
your washing machine.
To use liquid detergent, use the liquid detergent
compartment . DO NOT exceed the MAX FILL “ ” line.
(Do not add powdered detergent into the liquid detergent
compartment.)
3. Add the recommended amount of fabric softener into the
if required. DO NOT exceed the
softener compartment
MAX FILL “ ” line.
4. Add the recommended amount of laundry detergent into the prewash compartment
selecting the Baby Care course only.
when
When washing large items do NOT use the following detergetnt types.
• Tablet and capsule type detergents
• Detergents using a ball and net
Concentrated or thick fabric softener, conditioner and liquid detergent must be diluted with
a little water before being poured into the dispenser (prevents the overflow from becoming
blocked).
English - 33
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec5:33
2016-04-07
9:53:09
cleaning and maintaining your
washing machine
ECO DRUM CLEAN
Eco drum clean is a self-cleaning cycle that removes mold that may occur inside the washing machine.
1. Press the Power button.
2. Press the Eco drum clean button.
• Once the Eco drum clean button is
pressed, the only function that can be set
is Delay Start.
3. Press the Start/Pause button.
• If you press the Start/Pause button, Eco
drum clean begins.
CAUTION
•
•
•
CAUTION
Using Eco drum clean, you can clean the drum without using a cleansing agent.
Never use Eco drum clean when laundry is in the washing machine. This may cause damage
to the laundry or a problem with the washing machine.
Never use drum cleansing agent or laundry detergent. There may be occurs error if
you put drum cleansing agent or laundry detergent.
The Eco drum clean Auto Indicator Function
• If the “Eco drum clean” button is lit after a
wash, it indicates that tub (drum) cleaning
is required. In this case, remove the laundry
from the washing machine, turn the power
on, and clean the drum by running Eco drum
clean.
• If you do not run Eco drum clean, the “Eco
drum clean” indicator turns off. However, the
“Eco drum clean” indicator will light again
after two washes. Not running Eco drum
clean at this point will not cause a problem
with the washing machine.
• Although the Eco drum clean Auto Indicator
appears once a month or so, the frequency
may differ depending on the number of times
the washing machine is used.
English - 34
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec6:34
2016-04-07
9:53:10
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Clean the interior of your Washer periodically to remove any dirt, soil, odour, mould, mildew, or bacterial
residue that may remain in your Washer as a result of washing clothes.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in unpleasant conditions, including odors and/or permanent
stains on your Washer or laundry.
Hard water deposits may be removed, if needed. Use a cleaner labelled “Washer safe”.
CLEANING AND MAINTAINING
Turn off the water faucets after finishing the day’s washing.
This will shut off the water supply to your Washer and prevent the unlikely possibility of damage from
escaping water. Leave the door open to allow the inside of your Washer to dry out.
Use a soft cloth to wipe up all detergent, bleach or other spills as they occur.
Clean the following as recommended:
Control Panel – Clean with a soft, damp cloth. Do not use abrasive powders or cleaning pads. Do not spray
cleaners directly on the panel.
Cabinet – Clean with soap and water.
CLEANING THE DISPENSERS
The automatic dispenser may need to be cleaned periodically due to laundry additive buildup.
1. Press the release lever on the inside of the detergent drawer and
pull the drawer out.
2. Pull out the detergent liquid from detergent compartment.
3. Remove the siphon cap from the fabric softener and bleach
compartments.
4. Wash all of the parts under running water.
5. Clean the dispenser recess with a soft brush.
6. Reinsert the siphon cap and push it firmly into place.
7. Push the dispenser back into place.
Release lever
Siphon cap
English - 35
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec6:35
2016-04-07
9:53:11
cleaning and maintaining your
washing machine
STORING YOUR WASHER
Washers can be damaged if water is not removed from hoses and internal components before storage.
Prepare your Washer for storage as follows:
• Select the Quick Wash cycle and add bleach to the automatic dispenser. Run your Washer through the
cycle without a load.
• Turn the water faucets off and disconnect the inlet hoses.
• Unplug your Washer from the electrical outlet and leave your Washer door open to let air circulate inside
the tumbler.
• If your Washer has been stored in below–freezing temperatures, allow time for any leftover water in your
Washer to thaw out before use.
CLEANING THE DEBRIS FILTER
We recommend cleaning the debris filter when water does not drain well, the “5E” error message is
displayed or “Cleaning the debris filter [
]” lamp is illuminated.
1. Unplug the power cord of the washing machine from the main
socket. Gently press the top area of the filter cover to open.
Filter cover
2. Unscrew the drain cap by turning it
counterclockwise.
3. Hold the cap on the end of the drain tube and
drain off all the water.
Step 1
Step 2
4. Remove the debris filter cap.
5. Wash any dirt or other material from
the debris filter. Make sure the drain
pump propeller behind the debris filter
is not blocked.
6. Replace the debris filter cap.
7. Replace the filter cover.
English - 36
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec6:36
2016-04-07
9:53:11
CLEANING THE DOOR SEAL/BELLOW
1. Open the washer door and remove any clothing or items from the washer.
seal/bellow
3. If stained areas are found, wipe down these areas of the seal/bellow, using the procedure
that follows.
a) Mix a dilute solution, using ¾ cup (177 mL) of liquid chlorine bleach, and 1 gal. (3.8 L) of
warm tap water.
b) Wipe the seal/bellow area with the dilute solution, using a damp cloth.
c) Let stand 5 minutes.
d) Wipe down area thoroughly with a dry cloth and let the washer interior air dry with door
open.
CLEANING AND MAINTAINING
2. Inspect the gray colored seal/bellow between the door
opening and the basket for stained areas. Pull back the
seal/bellow to inspect all areas under the seal/bellow and to
check for foreign objects.
IMPORTANT:
• Wear rubber gloves when cleaning for prolonged periods.
• Refer to the bleach manufacturer’s instructions for proper use.
PRESERVING THE TOP COVER AND THE FRONT FRAME
Do not place any heavy or sharp objects or a detergent box on the washing machine. Keep them on the
purchased pedestal or in a separate storage box. This may scratch or damage the top cover of the washing
machine.
Since the entire washing machine has a high-gloss finish, the surface can be scratched or damaged.
Therefore, avoid scratching or damaging the surface when using the washing machine.
CLEANING THE WATER HOSE MESH FILTER
You should clean the water hose mesh filter at least once a year, or when the error message of “4E” is
displayed:
1. Turn off the water supply to the washing machine.
2. Unscrew the hose from the back of the washing machine. To prevent water from gushing out
due to the air pressure in the hose, cover the hose with a cloth.
3. Gently pull out the mesh filter from the end of the hose using a pair of pliers and rinse it under
water until clean. Also clean inside and outside the threaded connector.
4. Push the filter back into place.
5. Screw the hose back onto the washing machine.
6. Make sure the connections are watertight and turn on the tap.
REPAIRING A FROZEN WASHING MACHINE
If the temperature drops below freezing and your washing machine is frozen:
1. Unplug the washing machine.
2. Pour warm water over the tap to loosen the water supply hose.
3. Remove the water supply hose and soak it in warm water.
4. Pour warm water into the washing machine drum and let it sit for 10 minutes.
5. Reconnect the water supply hose to the water tap and check if the water supply and drain
are operating normal.
English - 37
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec6:37
2016-04-07
9:53:12
troubleshooting and
information codes
CHECK THESE POINTS IF YOUR WASHING MACHINE...
PROBLEM
SOLUTION
Will not start..
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Make sure the door is firmly closed.
Make sure your Washer is plugged in.
Make sure the water source faucets are open.
Make sure to press the Start/Pause Button to start your Washer.
Make sure the Child Lock is not activated; see page 25.
Before your Washer starts to fill, it will make a series of clicking noises
to check the door lock and do a quick drain.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker
Has no water or not enough
water..
•
•
•
•
•
Turn both faucets on fully.
Make sure the door is tightly closed.
Straighten the water inlet hoses.
Disconnect hoses and clean screens. Hose filter screens may be clogged.
Open and close the door, then press the Start/Pause Button.
Has detergent remains in the
automatic dispenser after the
wash cycle is complete.
•
•
Make sure your Washer is running with sufficient water pressure.
Make sure the Detergent Selector dial is in the upper position when
using granular detergent.
Vibrates or is too noisy.
•
Make sure your Washer is set on a level surface. If the surface is not
level, adjust your Washer feet to level the appliance.
Make sure that the shipping bolts are removed.
Make sure your Washer is not touching any other object.
Make sure the laundry load is balanced.
•
•
•
Stops
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plug the power cord into a live electrical outlet.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker.
Close the door and press the Start/Pause Button to start your Washer.
For your safety, your Washer will not tumble or spin unless the door is closed.
Before your Washer starts to fill, it will make a series of clicking noises to check
the door lock and do a quick drain.
There may be a pause or soak period in the cycle. Wait briefly and it may start.
Check the screens on the inlet hoses at the faucets for obstructions.
Clean the screens periodically.
English - 38
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec11:38
2016-04-07
9:53:12
SOLUTION
Fills with the wrong
temperature water.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Door locked or will not
open.
•
•
•
Does not drain and/or spin.
•
•
•
•
Turn both faucets on fully.
Make sure the temperature selection is correct.
Make sure the hoses are connected to the correct faucets.
Flush water lines.
Check the water heater. It should be set to deliver a minimum 120 °F
(49 °C) hot water at the tap. Also check the water heater capacity
and recovery rate.
Disconnect the hoses and clean the screens. The hose filter screens
may be plugged.
As your Washer is filling, the water temperature may change as
the automatic temperature control feature checks incoming water
temperature. This is normal.
While your Washer is filling, you may notice just hot and/or just
cold water going through the dispenser when cold or warm wash
temperatures are selected. This is a normal function of the automatic
temperature control feature as your Washer determines the
temperature of the water.
Press the Start/Pause Button to stop your Washer.
Your Washer door will remain locked during the heating portion of the Sanitize
Cycle
It may take a few moments for the door lock mechanism to disengage.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker.
Straighten the drain hoses. Eliminate kinked hoses. If there is a drain
restriction, call for service.
Close the door and press the Start/Pause Button. For your safety,
your Washer will not tumble or spin unless the door is closed.
Make sure the debris filter is not clogged.
Load is too wet at the end
of the cycle.
•
•
•
Use the High or Extra High spin speed.
Use high efficiency detergent to reduce over–sudsing.
Load is too Small Load. Very Small Load loads (one or two items)
may become unbalanced and not spin out completely.
Leaks water.
•
•
•
Make sure the door is firmly closed.
Make sure all hose connections are tight.
Make sure the end of the drain hose is correctly inserted and secured
to the drainage system.
Avoid overloading.
Use high efficiency detergent to prevent over–sudsing.
•
•
Has excessive suds.
•
•
•
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM
Use high efficiency detergent to prevent over-sudsing.
Reduce the detergent amount for soft water, Small Load or lightly
soiled loads.
Non-HE detergent is NOT recommended.
If the problem persists, contact your local Samsung Customer Service.
English - 39
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec11:39
2016-04-07
9:53:13
troubleshooting and
information codes
INFORMATION CODES
If your washing machine malfunctions, you may see an information code on the display. If this happens,
please check the table below and try the suggested solution before calling Customer Service.
CODE SYMBOL
SOLUTION
4E
•
•
Make sure the source water tap is turned on.
Check the water pressure.
5E
•
•
Clean the debris filter.
Make sure the drainage hose is installed correctly.
•
The laundry load is unbalanced. Redistribute the load. If only one item
of clothing needs washing, such as a bathrobe or pair of jeans, the
final spin result might be unsatisfactory and an “UE” error message
will be shown in the display window.
•
Call the after-sales service.
•
It appears when the internal temperature of the drum is high. The fan will
automatically function, so just wait until “Hot” indication disappeared.
UE
CE / 3E
Hot
For any codes not listed above, or if the suggested solution doesn’t fix the problem, call your Samsung
Service Centre or local Samsung dealer.
English - 40
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec11:40
2016-04-07
9:53:13
cycle chart
CYCLE CHART
( default option,  user option)
Functions
PROGRAM
Temp
Rinse
Spin (rpm)
30 ˚C
40 ˚C
60 ˚C
95 ˚C
5
3
2
1
600
800
1000
Cotton




-







Super Eco Wash


-
-
-







Sports Wear


-
-
-
-




-
-
Baby Care












-








Night Care




Quick Wash



-
-






Wool



-
-
-




-
-
Bedding



-
-






-
Anti-Bacterial
-
-
-
-




-



Eco Drum Clean
-
-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-
Functions
Option
Drying
PROGRAM
CYCLE CHART
Cold
Bubble
Cancel
Time
Daily
Shirts
Cupboard
Cancel
Activation
Delay
End
Stop &
Add
Child
Lock
Display
Time
Cotton









1:16
Super Eco Wash




-




1:16
Sports Wear
-
-
-
-
-




1:15
Baby Care









2:32
Night Care

-
-






3:22
Quick Wash




-




0:39
Wool
-
-
-
-
-




0:45
Bedding
-
-
-
-





1:42
Anti-Bacterial









2:55
Eco Drum Clean
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

1:33
1. The cycle duration data has been measured under the conditions specified in Standard IEC 60456 / EN 60456.
2. Course time in individual homes may differ from the values given in the table due to variations in the
pressure and temperature of the water supply, the load and the type of laundry.
3. “Cotton 60 ˚C” is recommended for a normally soiled load.
4. If the temperature 95 ˚C is selected, rinse cycle can be selected 2, 3 or 5 times only.
5. If the Drying cycle is selected, spin speed is fi xed at 1000 RPM to enhance the drying effi ciency.
English - 41
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec7:41
2016-04-07
9:53:13
appendix
FABRIC CARE CHART
The following symbols provide garment care directions. The care labels include four symbols in this order:
washing, bleaching, drying and ironing (and dry cleaning when necessary). The use of symbols ensures
consistency among garment manufacturers of domestic and imported items. Follow the care label
directions to maximize garment life and reduce laundery problems.
Resistant material
Can be ironed at 100 ˚C max
Delicate fabric
Do not iron
Item may be washed at 95 ˚C
Can be dry cleaned using any
solvent
Item may be washed at 60 ˚C
Dry clean with perchloride, lighter
fuel, pure alcohol or R113 only
Item may be washed at 40 ˚C
Dry clean with aviation fuel, pure
alcohol or R113 only
Item may be washed at 30 ˚C
Do not dry clean
Item may be hand washed
Dry flat
Dry clean only
Can be hung to dry
Can be bleached in cold water
Dry on clothes hanger
Do not bleach
Tumble dry, normal heat
Can be ironed at 200 ˚C max
Tumble dry, reduced heat
Can be ironed at 150 ˚C max
Do not tumble dry
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
•
•
•
•
This appliance is manufactured in part from recyclable materials. If you decide to dispose of this
appliance, please observe local waste disposal regulations. Cut off the power cord so that the appliance
cannot be connected to a power source. Remove the door so that animals and Small Load children
cannot get trapped inside the appliance.
Do not exceed the detergent quantities recommended in the detergent manufactures’ instructions.
Use stain removal products and bleaches before the wash cycle only when strictly necessary.
Save water and electricity by only washing full loads (the exact amount depends upon the program
used).
English - 42
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec3:42
2016-04-07
9:53:13
SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE
FRONT LOADING WASHING MACHINE
WD136UVHJSM
DIMENSIONS
APPENDIX
W650mm X D790mm X H950mm
WATER PRESSURE
137 kPa ~ 800 kPa
NET WEIGHT
83 kg
WASH AND SPIN CAPACITY
13.0 kg [DRY LAUNDRY]
DRY CAPACITY
POWER
CONSUMPTION
8.0 kg
WASHING
150 W
WASH AND
HEATING
2300 W
DRYING
2100 W
SPIN
480 W
PUMPING
40 W
PAPER
1.3 kg
PLASTIC
1.8 kg
rpm
1000
PACKAGE WEIGHT
SPIN
REVOLUTIONS
The appearance and specifications of the product are subject to change without prior notice for purposes of
product enhancement.
English - 43
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec3:43
2016-04-07
9:53:14
QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS?
Country
SAUDI ARABIA
CALL
OR VISIT US ONLINE AT
800 247 3457 (800 24/7 HELP)
www.samsung.com/sa/home
www.samsung.com/sa_en
DC68-03129G-03
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_EN.indd Sec3:44
2016-04-07
9:53:14
‫‪WD136UVHJSM‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫إﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻜﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮاء ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫‪DC68-03129G-03‬‬
‫‪9:51:46‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd 1‬‬
‫اﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻮل إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎء ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮف أرﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻷرﺿﻲ‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﶈﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮة أو اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ(‬
‫‪) Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺮص اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺪورة‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ واﳌﻮاد اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬
‫درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮزﱢع‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫اﳊﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻹﻃﺎر اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء‬
‫إﺻﻼح ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻤﺪة‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ وﺣﻠﻬﺎ ورﻣﻮز اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪...‬‬
‫رﻣﻮز اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺪورات‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺪورات‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:52‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec4:2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮاﺋﻚ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Samsung‬اﳉﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ واﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎدة اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻴﺰات واﻟﻔﻮاﺋﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪة اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻴﺰات واﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﳌﺘﻌﺪدة ﳉﻬﺎزك اﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻼﻣﺔ وﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎن آﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﻐﺮض ا‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺬي ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮات وإرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻈﺮوف واﳌﻮاﻗﻒ اﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺣﺪوﺛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﺗﺒﺎع‬
‫اﳌﻨﻄﻖ اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ واﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺤﺬر وﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﻈﺮﹰا ﻷن إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﻃﺮز ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﳌﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ أن ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﳌﺬﻛﻮرة ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أﻳﺔ أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو ﻣﺨﺎوف‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ أو اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت واﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.samsung.com‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻮل إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫اﳌﻤﺎرﺳﺎت اﳋﻄﻴﺮة أو ﻏﻴﺮ اﻵﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﻴﺮة ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎص و‪/‬أو اﳌﻮت و‪/‬أو ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻤﺎرﺳﺎت اﳋﻄﻴﺮة أو ﻏﻴﺮ اﻵﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎص و‪/‬أو ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻت ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺣﺪوث اﻧﻔﺠﺎر أو اﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﶈﺎوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﻟﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ اﻹرﺷﺎدات ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺮف أرﺿﻲ ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻗﺮاءة اﻹرﺷﺎدات‬
‫ﺗﻬﺪف ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻫﺬه إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﻟﻚ وﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬا‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن آﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:52‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻗﺮأ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹرﺷﺎدات أوﻻ ﹰ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ اﳊﺎل ﻣﻊ أي أﺟﻬﺰة ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬وﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺄﻣﺎن‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ وﺗﻮﺧﻲ اﳊﺬر أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ذوي اﻹﻋﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ أو اﳊﺴﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ أو ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ اﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ واﳋﺒﺮة )ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﻮا ﲢﺖ إﺷﺮاف ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز وﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺆوﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ أوروﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز اﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﺪأ أﻋﻤﺎرﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺳﻨﻮات ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪراﺗﻬﻢ اﻟﻌﻀﻠﻴﺔ أو‬
‫اﳊﺴﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ أو أوﻟﺌﻚ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ اﳌﻌﺮﹼﻓﺔ واﳋﺒﺮة إذا ﻛﺎﻧﻮا ﲢﺖ اﻹﺷﺮاف وﻋﻠﻰ دراﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ آﻣﻨﺔ وﻓﻬﻢ ا‪‬ﺎﻃﺮ اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ .‬وﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم دون إﺷﺮاف‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﺐ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻋﺪم ﻋﺒﺜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮه ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ أو وﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ أو أي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻷي ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫اﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺳﺪ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻟﻬﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ أوروﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻗﺘﺮاب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻮات أو ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫دون اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻗﺘﺮاﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:54‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:4‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻘﺼﻮد ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﳊﺮاري‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺟﻬﺎز ﻓﺼﻞ ووﺻﻞ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ‪-‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪ -‬أو ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ وإﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ اﳋﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ إذا ﰎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻴﺪة اﻟﻮﺑﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪ ،‬إن وﺟﺪت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮك اﻟﻮﺑﺮ ﻳﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﺣﻮل ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪) .‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﳋﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ(‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋﻮدة ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﻐﺎزات إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺮق‬
‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮﻗﻮد اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻨﻴﺮان اﳌﺸﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﲟﻮاد ﻣﺜﻞ زﻳﺖ اﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ ،‬واﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮن‪ ،‬واﻟﻜﺤﻮل‪ ،‬واﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﻜﻴﺮوﺳﲔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺰﻳﻼت اﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪ ،‬وزﻳﺖ اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺸﻤﻊ وﻣﺰﻳﻼت اﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﻓﻰ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺤﻮق ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﲡﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٥‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﻄﺎط اﻻﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ )اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬وﻗﺒﻌﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺤﻤﺎم‪،‬‬
‫واﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎت اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪ ،‬واﳌﻮاد واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻄﺎط أو اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ اﳌﺰودة ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﺳﻔﻨﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ‬
‫‪ .١٦‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎت اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﶈﺪد ﻓﻲ ارﺷﺎدات ﹼ‬
‫اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٥ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:54‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:5‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .١٧‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي اﳉﺰء اﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ دورة ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳊﺮارة )دورة ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ( ﻟﻀﻤﺎن أن ﻫﺬه اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮوﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٨‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻦ اﳉﻴﻮب ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻮﻻﻋﺎت وأﻋﻮاد اﻟﺜﻘﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٩‬ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ وﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪد اﳊﺮارة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢٠‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﻌﺎدم ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﺪاﺧﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ أﺑﺨﺮة ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫اﺣﺘﺮاق اﻟﻐﺎز أو أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮﻗﻮد اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢١‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﺎب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬أو ﺑﺎب ﺟﺮار‪ ،‬أو ﺑﺎب ذو ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫اﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻬﺬه اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٦ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:54‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:6‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﺎرﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ اﳊﺬر ﻋﻨﺪ رﻓﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻷن وزﻧﻪ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺠﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ أو أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻘﺒﺲ إﻻ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻚ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮى ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء أو ﻣﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺪ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ واﻟﺘﺮدد واﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ‬‫اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ أو ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ إﺗﺒﺎع ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر أو ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو اﻟﺘﻌﺮض‬‫ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ أي ﻣﻮاد ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ وﻧﻘﺎط اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش‬
‫ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ وﻧﻈﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫أدﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻻﲡﺎه اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﲡﺎه اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻷرض‪.‬‬
‫ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻘﺒﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻻﲡﺎه اﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي‬‫ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول أﻳﺪي اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰا ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﹰا ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﻴﺪة ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ أﻛﻴﺎس اﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻮق رأﺳﻪ إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز أو ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ أو ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ أﻧﺒﻮب ﻏﺎز أو أﻧﺒﻮب ﻣﺎء ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ أو ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮن‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر أو ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺄرﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻋﺪ‬‫اﶈﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺎن أو ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ رﻃﺒﺔ أو ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ زﻳﺖ أو أﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﳌﺎء )ﻗﻄﺮات‬
‫اﳌﻄﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﳉﻠﻴﺪ إﻟﻰ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر اﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺮب ﻟﻠﻐﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ أو ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﹰ ﺎ أو ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹸﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺟﺬب ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ أو ﺛﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻟﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻃﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻮق ﺷﻲء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ أو وﺿﻊ ﺷﻲء ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻓﻮق ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ أو ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﲔ‬
‫أﺷﻴﺎء أو دﻓﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺧﻠﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٧ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:54‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:7‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺟﺬب ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻹﻣﺴﺎك ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﹼﺿﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ واﻟﺴﻘﻮط ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ وﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺰوﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء وأﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺻﺮف اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ وﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ وزن اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ إﺗﺒﺎع ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت وﺟﻮد اﻫﺘﺰازات أو ﲢﺮﻛﺎت أو ﺿﻮﺿﺎء أو ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﺎرﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮض اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ زاﺋﺪة ﻣﻦ اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻴﺎه وﻗﻄﻊ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻮري‪ ،‬واﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﲔ‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﺻﺪار اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ أو راﺋﺤﺔ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو دﺧﺎن‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻮرﹰا واﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎز )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﺎز اﻟﺒﺮوﺑﺎن أو اﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻲ اﳌﹸﺴﺎل‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﳌﻜﺎن ﻓﻮرﹰا ﺑﺪون ﳌﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز أو ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺮوﺣﺔ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺮارة ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮن ﻓﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﻧﺤﺸﺎر داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺠﺎز واﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق ﺣﺘﻰ اﳌﻮت‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﻼف )اﻹﺳﻔﻨﺞ ‪ /‬اﻟﻔﻮم( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٨ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:55‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:8‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺎزوﻟﲔ أو اﻟﻜﻴﺮوﺳﲔ أو اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو ﻣﺮﻗﻖ اﻟﻄﻼء أو اﻟﻜﺤﻮل أو أي ﻣﻮاد أﺧﺮى ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو‬
‫اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪك ﲢﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪/‬اﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻧﺪﻓﺎع اﳌﺎء ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮوق أو اﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ أن ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻷرض ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﹸﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إدﺧﺎل ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺷﺮارة ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل أو اﻷﻓﺮاد ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪون إﺷﺮاف‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﺣﺮوق أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪك أو أي ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬‫داﺋﻤﺎ إﻣﺴﺎك اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم وﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻓﺼﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺬب ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث داﺋﺮة ﻗﺼﺮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ و‪/‬أو ﺣﺮﻳﻖ و‪/‬أو ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬‫ﻻ ﲢﺎول إﺻﻼح اﳉﻬﺎز أو ﻓﻜﹼﻪ أو ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أي ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮ )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻨﺤﺎس أو ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ( ﺧﻼف اﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺻﻼح اﳉﻬﺎز أو إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺒﺎع ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو اﻟﺘﻌﺮض‬‫ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ وﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻔﺘﺮات ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ أو أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻮاﺻﻒ اﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ أو اﻟﺒﺮق‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻷﻃﻔﺎل )أو اﳊﻴﻮاﻧﺎت اﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ( ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮن داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ إﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪،‬‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺎب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺈﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ اﳋﻄﻮرة ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺣﺘﺒﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٩ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:55‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:9‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎدة ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت أو اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻄﻌﺎم وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش رﻃﺒﺔ وﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻟﻮان أو اﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ أو اﻟﺘﻠﻒ أو اﻟﺼﺪأ‪.‬‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﺻﻄﺪام ﻗﻮي‪ .‬وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ اﳊﺮص ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء أو ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر ﺑﺒﻂء‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر ﺑﺒﻂء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻬﻮاء ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء أو أﻧﺒﻮب اﳌﺎء إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮب ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﻴﺎه ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ إﻟﻰ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب‬‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺴﺮب ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ إدﺧﺎل اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﺗﻌﻠﻖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ أو اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺪوث ﺗﺴﺮب ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﻤﺎر وﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز أو ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﺼﺎق أي ﻣﻮاد ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ )ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت أو ﺧﻴﻮط‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ( ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺟﺰ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﹰ‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﺣﻜﺎم وﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء وﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم إﺣﻜﺎم رﺑﻂ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ أو وﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٠ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:56‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:10‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻮﻗﻮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﻬﺎز أو وﺿﻊ أﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻮﻗﻪ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو ﺷﻤﻮع ﹸﻣﻀﺎءة أو ﺳﺠﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ أو أﻃﺒﺎق أو ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﺎوﻳﺔ أو أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو وﻗﻮع إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺷﻴ ﹰﺌﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻛﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ وﺟﻮد ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫ﻧﻈﺮﹰا ﻷن اﳌﺎء اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ أو أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﳌﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺣﺮوق أو إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم رش ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮة‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﺒﻴﺪات اﳊﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮق ﺳﻄﺢ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﹰ‬‫ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت اﳌﻘﺎﻋﺪ أو اﻟﺴﺠﺎد أو اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ )*( اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء أو ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎ أو ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزك ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻟﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ أو اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أو ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﺑﺎﳊﻮاﺋﻂ أو ﺑﺎﻷرﺿﻴﺔ أو ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰازات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫* اﳌﻔﺮوﺷﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ أو اﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻄﺎر أو ﺳﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻴﺪ أو ﺑﻨﻄﻠﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺰﻟﺞ أو ﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻨﻮم أو أﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﳊﻔﺎﺿﺎت أو‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ أو أﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺪراﺟﺎت واﻟﺪراﺟﺎت اﻟﺒﺨﺎرﻳﺔ واﻟﺴﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﳌﺲ اﳊﻮض ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ أو ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮةﹰ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮوق‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪك ﻓﻲ درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز إدﺧﺎل اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‪ .‬ﲡﻨﺐ وﺿﻊ أي أﺷﻴﺎء )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﺣﺬﻳﺔ‬‫وﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻄﻌﺎم واﳊﻴﻮاﻧﺎت( ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ووﻓﺎة ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﺣﻴﻮاﻧﺎت أﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰازات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷزرار ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أدوات ﺣﺎدة‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺴﻜﺎﻛﲔ أو اﻷﻇﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ زﻳﻮت أو ﻛﺮﳝﺎت أو ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮات ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺟﺮ اﳌﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮات اﳉﻠﺪﻳﺔ أو‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎدات اﻟﺘﺪﻟﻴﻚ ﻋﺎدةﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺸﻮه اﳊﺎﺟﺰ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ وﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮك أي أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ أو دﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ أو ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﳊﻮض ﻟﻔﺘﺮات ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺻﺪأ اﳊﻮض‪.‬‬‫ وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪء ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﺼﺪأ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﳊﻮض‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ )ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل( وإﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﻓﻲ‬‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎف ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ أو ﺗﺸﻄﻔﻬﺎ أو ﲡﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎف‬
‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻓﻮري ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة اﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺴﺪ اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﺎء اﻟﻘﺎدم ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺨﲔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١١ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:56‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:11‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺻﺎﺑﻮن ﻏﺴﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺮاﻛﻢ واﻟﺘﺼﻠﺐ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن أو اﻟﺼﺪأ أو وﺟﻮد راﺋﺤﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة اﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﻔﺮوﺷﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ وﺿﻊ اﳉﻮارب وﺣﻤﺎﻻت اﻟﺼﺪر ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰازات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﺒﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺗﺴﺮب ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﻫﺬا اﳌﺴﺤﻮق اﳌﺘﻴﺒﺲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻻت ذات ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺳﺪ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد أو أﻳﺔ ﻋﻮاﺋﻖ أﺧﺮى ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻓﺮاغ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻴﻮب اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ واﳊﺎدة ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻼت اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ أو اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ أو اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻼووظ أو اﻷﺣﺠﺎر ﻓﻲ إﺣﺪاث‬‫أﺿﺮار ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﺰوﹼدة ﺑﺈﺑﺰﳝﺎت أو أزرار ﻛﺒﻴﺮة اﳊﺠﻢ أو أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮزن ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ا‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺪوار ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﺘﺮاﻛﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﻻت ﺣﻮل ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ داﺧﻞ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﲟﻮاد ﻣﺜﻞ زﻳﺖ اﻟﻄﻬﻲ واﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮن واﻟﻜﺤﻮل واﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ واﻟﻜﻴﺮوﺳﲔ وﻣﺰﻳﻼت اﻟﺒﻘﻊ وزﻳﺖ اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻨﺘﲔ‬
‫واﻟﺸﻤﻊ وﻣﺰﻳﻼت اﻟﺸﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻛﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﲟﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻊ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﲡﻔﻴﻒ أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﻄﺎط اﻷﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ )ﻣﻄﺎط ﻻﺗﻜﺲ( أو أﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺮأس اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﺎم أو اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎء أو اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﳌﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎط أو اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ اﶈﺸﻮة ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎط اﻷﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎت اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ أو اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﳌﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻹرﺷﺎدات اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎت اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ اﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دورة ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار دون ﺗﺴﺨﲔ )دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﺒﺎرد( ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﺗﺮك اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪم‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑ ﹰﺪا ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار ﻗﺒﻞ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ وﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﺪد‬
‫اﳊﺮارة‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﺎب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﻠﻖ أو ﺑﺎب ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻖ أو ﺑﺎب ﲟﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﻬﺔ اﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﳉﻬﺔ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ اﻟﺪوار‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﺎرﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ رش اﳌﺎء ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮةﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو ﻣﺮﻗﻖ اﻟﻄﻼء أو اﻟﻜﺤﻮل ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻮن أو ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ أو ﺗﻠﻒ أو ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ أو ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٢ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:56‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec2:12‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺗﹼﺒﺎع ﻓﻨﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻹرﺷﺎدات ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼض ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫أﺧﺮج اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﺮص ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪوﻗﻬﺎ وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ أو ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﻼﻣﻚ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼء ‪ Samsung‬أو اﳌﻮزﹼع اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﺪى ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫أرﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫أﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺼﺮف‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٣ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:56‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:13‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎء ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮف أرﺿﻲ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺒﻼت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺎﻃﻊ داﺋﺮة ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮا ﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺘﺮدد ﺑﻘﺪرة ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫• داﺋﺮة ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﺨﺪم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ أرﺿﻲ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻷداء‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮرة اﻟﺘﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻃﺮف أرﺿﻲ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ أرﺿﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺨﻄﻮط ﻣﻮاﺳﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﺒﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ أو ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻐﺎز أو ﻣﻮاﺳﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼض ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﺆﻫﻞ أو ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛ ﹰﺪا ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﺮﹶج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻞء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٣٧‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء اﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٣٧‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬أو ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ أﻃﻮل ﳑﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﳌﻠﺌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪) .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﻧﻈﺎم ﲢﺪﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻞء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ واﻟﺬي ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‪/‬ﻓﻴﻀﺎن اﳌﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ارﺗﺨﺎء اﳋﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﹸﻌﺪ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ وﺻﻮل ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﻮاﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻊ ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ أﻃﻮاﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٣٠٥‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء أو ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮث ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ وﺻﻮل اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• إﻏﻼق اﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﺪوري ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ ﲡﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﺑﺼﻤﺎم وﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد أي ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٤ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:57‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:14‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ‪ Samsung‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎﺳﻮرة رأﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٦‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬وﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ إﻟﻰ اﲡﺎه اﳌﺎﺳﻮرة اﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﳌﺎﺳﻮرة اﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻟﻘﻄﺮ اﳋﺎرﺟﻲ ﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻊ ﺑﺈرﻓﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻷرﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ وﺻﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ أداء‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎج اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز و‪/‬‬
‫أو اﻷﺣﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺘﻮازﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻂ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرﺿﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺒﻼط اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز واﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﺮك اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أرﺿﻴﺔ أو ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﶈﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫دوﻣﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﳌﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺻﻤﺎم اﳌﺎء واﳌﻀﺨﺔ وﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ إن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﹰ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﳌﺎء اﳌﺘﺠﻤﺪ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮاﺳﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ إﳊﺎق ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮر واﳌﻀﺨﺔ واﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮة أو اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ وﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﳊﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺮاﻏﺎت ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﳉﻮاﻧﺐ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ‪ ٥١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫اﳉﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ‪ ٤٦٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻜﺎن اﻟﺬي ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎره‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻠﺐ وﻣﺴﺘﻮ دون وﺟﻮد ﺳﺠﺎد أو أرﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮق ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ )أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﳊﺮارة ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﺘﺮول أو اﻟﻐﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٥ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:57‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:15‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺼﻮاﻣﻴﻞ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﺼﻮاﻣﻴﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺼﻮاﻣﻴﻞ واﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﳉﺰء اﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺮر ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻤﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻌﻴﺪ آﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن آﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺧﻄﺮﹰا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل؛ ﻟﺬا‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ )اﻷﻛﻴﺎس اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ واﳌﻮاد اﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻮاد( ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول أﻳﺪي اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٦ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:57‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:16‬‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ اﺳﺘﻮاء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ وﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء وﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻜﺎن اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺟﻌﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ أرﺟﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ واﳋﺎرج ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ ﻗﺪر‬
‫اﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻮاء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬أﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺼﻮاﻣﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء واﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﺬراع اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮف ‪ L‬اﳋﺎص ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻠﻪ ﲟﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وأﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻄﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ أﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﻄﺮف‬
‫اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة ﻋﺪم ﺟﻌﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻣﺎ أﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻣﺸﺪودﹰا‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻗﺼﻴﺮﹰا ﺟ ﹰﺪا‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد‬
‫وأﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ‪ ،‬إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إرﺧﺎء ﻣﺜﺒﺖ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم وﻟﻔﻪ وإﻋﺎدة رﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺮز اﶈﺪدة اﳌﺰوﹼدة ﲟﺪﺧﻞ إﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﹸ‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﺬراع اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ L‬اﻷﺣﻤﺮ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ ﲟﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وأﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻄﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ وأﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ Y‬إذا أردت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٧ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:57‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:17‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫اﶈﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﹼ‬
‫اﶈﻮل‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ .٢‬أوﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﻚ ﺑﺮاﻏﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع "‪ ،"+‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﶈﻮل‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ اﳉﺰء رﻗﻢ )‪ (٢‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎه اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ أﺧﺮج ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪارﻫﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫اﶈﻮل ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ رﺑﻂ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻼووظ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم أﺛﻨﺎء رﻓﻊ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫اﶈﻮل ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﺟﻌﻞ اﳉﺰء )‪ (٢‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎه اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ووﺻﻞ اﳉﺰء )‪ (١‬و)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮل‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺧﺎء اﳉﺰء )‪ ،(٣‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎ ﹰ ﺻﻮت "ﻧﻘﺮة"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮل‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺬب اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫وﺻﻞ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﺼﻤﺎم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻟﻒ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻓﻲ اﲡﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٨ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:58‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:18‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺒﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺻﻤﺎم اﳌﺎء أو‬
‫اﶈﻮل‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﺮار اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر أو ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫✗‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ اﳌﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✗‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺻﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻘﻼووظ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎ أو ﻛﺒﻴﺮﹰا ﺟ ﹰﺪا‪ ،‬أزل اﳊﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺻﻨﺒﻮرﹰا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪي ﺟ ﹰﺪا ﻟﺘﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫اﶈﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٩ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:58‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:19‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ وﺿﻊ ﻃﺮف ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺜﻼث ﻃﺮق‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻮق ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻳﺘﺮاوح ﺑﲔ ‪ ٦٠‬و‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬وﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﺜﻨﺎء ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺛﺒﺖ اﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺪار ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﺎف أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ أو ﺣﺒﻞ ﳌﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺼﺮف‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮع أﻧﺒﻮب ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳊﻮض‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﺮع أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻮق ﺳﺒﺎﻛﺔ اﳊﻮض ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻃﺮف اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻷرض‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ أﻧﺒﻮب ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻧﺒﻮب ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع ‪ ٦٥‬ﺳﻢ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻢ وﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺮﹶج ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﺮددا ﹰ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪا ﹰ وﺑﻘﺪرة ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ ٦٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ وﻣﺤﻤﻲ‬
‫ﲟﻨﺼﻬﺮ أو ﻗﺎﻃﻊ داﺋﺮة ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ واﻷرﺿﻲ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ رﻗﻢ ‪(.١٤‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٠ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:59‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec9:20‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ أﺻﻌﺐ أﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ أوﻻ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬أﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻓﻲ اﳉﺰء ا‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز دورة ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻣﻦ دون ﻣﻼﺑﺲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ درج اﳌﺴﺤﻮق‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ إزاﻟﺔ اﳌﺎء اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎري اﻟﺬي ﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳊﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫اﳊﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫اﳊﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫اﳊﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ أو ﻧﺸﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ وﻣﻮاد ﺗﻨﻘﻴﻪ اﳌﺎء وﻣﻮاد ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ وﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ وﻣﻮاد إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪(.‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﲟﻞء اﳊﺠﻴﺮة ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻋﻦ اﳊﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ )اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ( ﻟـ " "(‬
‫‪ :‬اﳌﻮاد اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن أو ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ )اﻣﻸ اﳊﺠﻴﺮة ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﳊﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ )اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ( ﻟـ " "(‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻮزن اﶈﺪد ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮزن ﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ اﳉﺪول اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ رﻗﻢ ‪.٣٢‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ اﳉﺰء اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ أي ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷن ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺬر ﳌﺲ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أو ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺬر ﻓﺘﺢ درج ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﻤﺎء أو اﻟﺒﺨﺎر اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺬر ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﳌﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪا ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﳋﺮوج‪.‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺿﻒ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ واﳌﻮاد اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪورة واﳋﻴﺎرات اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﺖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ وﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺪورة اﶈﺪد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢١ -‬‬
‫‪9:51:59‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:21‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9٩‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3٣‬‬
‫‪2٢‬‬
‫‪1١‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ وﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ "ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة"‪) .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ وأﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ وﻣﻔﺎرش اﳌﺎﺋﺪة‬
‫واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ واﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ واﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف( ‪ -‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮف‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻢ دورة ﻏﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮف ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬وأﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ‬
‫اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﳋﻔﻴﻒ واﻟﻨﻘﻊ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎش ‪ /‬اﻟﺘﻠﻒ واﳊﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺬه ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﹸﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻟﺪورة اﻟﺼﻮف‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ راﺋﻌﺔ وﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت( ‪ -‬ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت وﻣﻼءات اﻷﺳﺮﹼة‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ أﳊﻔﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪) Anti-Bacterial‬ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ( ‪ -‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫وﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺴﺎﺧﺎت واﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Super Eco Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻮم ‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ذات‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎل‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﻀﻤﺎن ﲢﻘﻴﻖ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ وﺑﻨﺎﻃﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت واﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن‪/‬اﻟﺒﻠﻮزات‪ .‬وﺗﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺪورة إزاﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻊ اﻟﻌﺮق واﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫‪) Baby Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ‪ -‬ﺗﻀﻤﻦ درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ودورات اﻟﺸﻄﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﳌﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ رﻓﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﺴﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ وﺗﻜﻮن ﺟﺎﻫﺰة‬
‫ﻟﻼرﺗﺪاء ﻓﻲ ‪ ٦‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎت دون اﳊﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ ا‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬اﻏﺴﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ أو ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎدﻟﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪،‬‬‫زوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺮاوﻳﻞ وﻗﻤﻴﺼﺎن و‪ ٤‬ﻗﻤﺼﺎن ﻓﺴﺎﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ دورة ‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﻤﻞ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ "ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ" )‬
‫• اﳌﻼﺑﺲ أو اﳌﻮاد اﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻠﺪ واﳌﻨﻚ واﻟﻔﺮو واﳊﺮﻳﺮ واﻻﺗﻜﺲ واﻟﺰﺋﺒﺮ‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻔﺮاش اﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‬
‫• اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻷﻃﺮف اﳌﻌﻘﻮدة وﺑﻄﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺪﻣﻰ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻏﺮاء" واﻟﺴﺘﺮات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻔﻘﺪ زﻳﻨﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٢ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:00‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:22‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ اﻹرﺷﺎدات واﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼﺎت‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ أﺣﺪث اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺪورة واﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﺪورة اﶈﺪد‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﳋﻴﺎر‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ و‬
‫‪) Bubble Generator OFF‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﹼﺪ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت( اﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻟﻰ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺪى ﺑﻌﺾ دورات اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﳋﻴﺎر ‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ "اﳌﻮﻟﹼﺪ"‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎج دورات اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻬﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر وﺗﻘﻮم "ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻮﻟﹼﺪ"‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪورات‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫واﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )ﻳﹸﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٢٧‬ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( ‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ أي دورة ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ زﻳﺎدة ﺳﺎﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة‪ .‬وﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ وﻗﺖ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )راﺟﻊ "‪) "Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ رﻗﻢ ‪.(٢٦‬‬
‫‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ واﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﹸﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﺎدي )ﻣﺮة ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ أو ﻧﺤﻮ ذﻟﻚ(‪ .‬دون ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ أو ﹼ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫زر ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪TEMPERATURE‬‬
‫)درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎرات درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪) :‬ﻣﺎء ﺑﺎرد )إﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ( و‪ °٣٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ و‪ °٤٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ و‪ °٦٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ و‪ °٩٥‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫زر ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) RINSE‬ﺷﻄﻒ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄن اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد دورات اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ دورات ﺷﻄﻒ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﹰ‬
‫دورات‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫زر اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪) SPIN‬ﻋﺼﺮ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت دورة اﻟﻌﺼﺮ اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"‪) No spin‬ﺑﺪون ﻋﺼﺮ( )ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎت ﻣﻄﻔﺄة(" ‪ -‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ دون ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ دورة اﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎج ﺑﻌﺾ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة ‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎج ﺑﻌﺾ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ إﻟﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ إﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺠﻔﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء ﳌﺪة ‪ ٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ١٠‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ دورة‬‫‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺑﺎردﹰا أو رﻃ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ إﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺘﺠﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﲢﺎﻓﻆ دورة ‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪوران ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوران‪) .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫"‪) "End‬إﻧﻬﺎء( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺪوران ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب(‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﻻت داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ دورة ‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ‬‫واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء( ‪ -‬ﺗﹸﻌﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ‬
‫‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة( ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ أوﺿﺎع اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Deodorization‬إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫• ‪) Sanitization‬ﺗﻌﻘﻴﻢ( ‪ -‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ وﺗﻌﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﺟﺮاء ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﻮي‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء ﻋﻨﺪ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٣ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:01‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:23‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫زر ‪) DRYING‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ اﳋﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Cupboard‬ﺧﺰاﻧﺔ( ‪) Daily Shirts ‬اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ( ‪) Time ‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ( )‪ ٣٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ١:٠٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ١:٣٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ٢:٠٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ٢:٣٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ‪) Cupboard ‬ﺧﺰاﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪) Cupboard‬ﺧﺰاﻧﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ووزﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺴﺮاوﻳﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Daily Shirts‬اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ أو ﺳﺘﺮة )زي ﻣﺪرﺳﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪة‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪) Time‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ( ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳋﻴﺎر ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺮة اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ اﶈﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﲡﻨﺐ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮه ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ "درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﺧﻴﺎرات ‪) Cupboard‬اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ وزن اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض وﻗﺖ دﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ وإﺟﺮاﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻇﺮوف اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف ﻧﻮع اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫زر ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪START/PAUSE‬‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪) POWER‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﻦ أزرار اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١٠‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٤ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:01‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:24‬‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫ﳝﻨﻊ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﲟﺠﺮد ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺬر اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ‪/‬إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺛﻮان ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ‪) Temp.‬درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة( و‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ( ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﳌﺪة ‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫وﺗﻀﻲء ﳌﺒﺔ "‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(" ] [‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺘﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ أي زر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻷزرار‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﳌﺒﺔ "‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ‬
‫وﻣﻴﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ] [" ﺗﺼﺪر‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ اﻟﺒﺎب أو ﺗﺄﻣﲔ اﻷزرار ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ‬
‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ﳌﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺛﻮان‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ‪) Temp.‬درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة( و‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ(‬
‫ﺛﻮان ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺪة ‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﳌﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫• إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف وﺿﻊ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ .‬وأﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬه اﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺼﺒﺎح "‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ] ["‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻓﺘﺤﺖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪر اﳉﻬﺎز أﺻﻮات ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﳌﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا أﻏﻠﻘﺖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺧﻼل دﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب وإﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ .‬أﻣﺎ إذا أﻏﻠﻘﺖ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﺎب ﻻ ﻳﹸﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ وﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر اﳉﻬﺎز أي أﺻﻮات ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻮان ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ‪) Temp.‬درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة( و‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ( ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﳌﺪة ‪ ٦‬ﹴ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب وﻛﺬﻟﻚ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫"‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ] ["‪.‬‬
‫• ﲤﻨﻊ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( اﻷﻃﻔﺎل وذوي اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﳋﻄﺄ أو ﺟﺮح‬
‫أﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا أدﺧﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬رﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺤﺸﺮ ﺟﺴﺪه داﺧﻠﻬﺎ وﻳﺨﺘﻨﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲟﺠﺮد ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ‬
‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا أردت ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺪدﹰا‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وإﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ أو ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٥ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:01‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:25‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ وﻗﺖ اﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ )ﺑﺰﻳﺎدة ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫واﺣﺪة(‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ أو ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻀﻲء اﳌﺆﺷﺮ "‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( "‪ ،‬وﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﶈﺪد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ(‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ ﹰ‪ ،‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﺒﺎح "‪) "Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻣﻄﻔﹰ ﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﺒﺎح "إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ" ﻣﻀﺎ ﹰء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺼﺒﺎح "‪) "Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﻣﺎن ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﲡﻨﺐ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻣﺘﻼء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﺎوي أو اﳌﺎء‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺮب اﻟﺮﻏﺎوي أو اﳌﺎء ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺒﺎب‪ .‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪورات ﳌﺪة ﺧﻤﺲ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• وﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﹴ‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ °٥٥‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو ‪ °٧٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Stop&Add‬إﻳﻘﺎف وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة ﺣﻴﺚ أن ذﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺗﻠﻒ أو ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٦ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:02‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:26‬‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺪورة‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫‪) Super Eco Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ(‪) Wool ،‬ﺻﻮف(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫‪) Drying‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ( و‪) Sanitization‬ﺗﻌﻘﻴﻢ( و‬
‫‪) Deodorization‬إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ( و‬
‫‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫•‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‪) Baby Care ،‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪) Bedding ،‬ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Anti-Bacterial‬ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ(‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻴﺎر ‪) Eco Bubble‬اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻫﻮ اﳋﻴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺤﻮق وﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ اﳊﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼق اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬
‫• أﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺤﻮق ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﺴﺤﻮق ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ أﺿﻒ ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻌﻢ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫اﳋﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳌﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮةﹰ )اﳊﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ( ﻟـ " "‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞ اﳋﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ( ﻟـ " "‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ وﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت أو ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ "ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت" ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎت ذات ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻣﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت وﺗﺒﺪو ﻛﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻒ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﲟﺠﺮد ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٧ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:02‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:27‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﺎل‪ .‬وﺗﺸﻤﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ "اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء" ﲡﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ دون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻴﺎه ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء اﳌﻌﺎﻃﻒ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ واﻟﺴﺘﺮات اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﺴﺘﺮات واﻟﺒﺬﻻت‪] .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺘﺎن أو أﻗﻞ )أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﻛﺠﻢ([‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب وﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﺪورة‬
‫‪) Deodorization‬إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪) Sanitization‬ﺗﻌﻘﻴﻢ(‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ ﻫﺬه اﳋﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر زر أﺧﺮ وﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﻗﺖ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪.٢٤:٠٠‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب واﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء( ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳊﻮض‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء واﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء(‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( أو ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻄﻮر أو اﻷوراق ا‪‬ﻔﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء( ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻄﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﰎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ‬
‫)ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ أو ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء(‪:‬‬
‫• اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻠﺪ واﳌﻨﻚ واﻟﻔﺮو واﳊﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻷﻃﺮف اﳌﻌﻘﻮدة وﺑﻄﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺪﻣﻰ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻏﺮاء" واﻟﺴﺘﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻔﻘﺪ زﻳﻨﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﺴﺮ اﻷزرار اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻮه اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻘﺴﺎة ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• اﳌﻔﺮوﺷﺎت اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ اﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ )ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ(‬
‫ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﶈﺸﻮة ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ أو اﻟﻨﺸﺎ وﻟﻴﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬‫ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬‫• اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﻔﺮوﻳﺔ‬
‫• اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮزن‬
‫• اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ اﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼﺗﻜﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٨ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:28‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ أدﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﶈﺪد ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﺮاد ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ )‪ ٨٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﺪورات ‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( و‪) Air Wash‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء( و‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ( و‪) Bedding‬ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت( و‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺰر ‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺤﺪد ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﺘﻜﺮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪) Cupboard‬اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ( ‪) Daily Shirts ‬اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ( ‪) Time ‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ( )‪ ٣٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ١:٠٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ١:٣٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ٢:٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ٢:٣٠ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ‪) Cupboard ‬اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻵﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺪة‬
‫اﳊﻤﻞ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫)اﳊﻤﻞ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺧﺰاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ :‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٧٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ واﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ ٠٫٢‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٩‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪/٩٠/٦٠/٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٥٠/١٢٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫أﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع اﻟﻘﻤﺎش واﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ وﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎر وزن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض "ﻣﺪة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ"‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫• إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ زاﺋﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪) Auto Drying‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻵﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫‪) Time‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻼ ﹰ ﻣﻦ دورﺗﻲ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ واﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻚ دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺪ ﹰءا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ وﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﳌﻬﺎم ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺪورة اﶈﺪدة ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺎء ﺑﺎرد‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء دورة اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Cupboard‬اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ دورة اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Spin‬اﻟﻌﺼﺮ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٩ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:29‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺮص اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺪورة‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻈﺎم "اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ" اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ .Samsung‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ووﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ وﺳﺮﻋﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ دون ﲡﺎوز ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ وﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ )ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ( ﻓﻲ اﳊﺠﻴﺮات اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬أﺿﻒ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ دورة ‪) Baby Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﺿﺮورﻳﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺎدة‪) Cotton :‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‪) Quick Wash ,‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ(‪,‬‬
‫‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف(‪) Bedding ,‬ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت(‪) Anti-Bacterial ,‬ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ(‪) Super Eco Wash ,‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪,‬‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ(‪) Baby Care ,‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪) Night Care ،‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻀﻲء اﳌﺆﺷﺮات اﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪورات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﻋﺪد دورات اﻟﺸﻄﻒ وﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ ووﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﳋﻴﺎر اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻣﻦ ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة( وﺳﻮف ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺪورة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫اﳋﻴﺎر إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬إزاﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮن ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﲔ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء "ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪا" أو ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﳌﺎء "ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟ ﹰﺪا"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺪورة‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬أﺧﺮج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٠ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:30‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪوﻳﹰﺎ دون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ دون ﲡﺎوز ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ أو ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳊﺠﻴﺮات اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬أﺿﻒ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬وإذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬أﺿﻒ ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٧‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Temp.‬درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ٣٠) .‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ٤٠ ,‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ٦٠ ,‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ٩٥ ,‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫)إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ )ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎت ﻣﻄﻔﺄة(‪ :‬ﻣﺎء ﺑﺎرد(‬
‫‪ .٨‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪد دورات اﻟﺸﻄﻒ اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄن اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد دورات اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺧﻤﺲ دورات‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫وﺗﺰداد ﻣﺪة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺪورات‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Spin‬ﻋﺼﺮ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ .‬إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ)ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎت ﻣﻄﻔﺄة(‪) No Spin :‬دون ﻋﺼﺮ((‬
‫‪ .١٠‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎرات ‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﻗﻊ زﻳﺎدة ﺳﺎﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة(‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( وﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﺒﺪأ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫اﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ذات ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ وﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫دوﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮز اﳌﻼﺑﺲ وﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮز اﳌﻼﺑﺲ وﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻦ وأﻟﻴﺎف ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﺔ وأﻟﻴﺎف ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ وﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺣﺮﻳﺮﻳﺔ وأﺻﻮاف وراﻳﻮن‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬واﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻠﻮن‪ :‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻋﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﹼ‬
‫• اﳊﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ وﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ أﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﻠﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• رﻗﺔ اﳌﻠﻤﺲ‪ :‬اﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف( ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﳊﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫وﺳﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ وﺗﺒﺪو ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ أو راﺟﻊ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫إﻓﺮاغ اﳉﻴﻮب‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻓﺮاغ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﻮب اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﺴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ‪) Small Load‬ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ واﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ذات اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻼت اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ واﻟﺸﻔﺮات واﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ وﻣﺎﺳﻜﺎت اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﺰوﹼدة ﺑﺈﺑﺰﳝﺎت أو أزرار‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮة اﳊﺠﻢ أو اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮزن‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﳌﻌﺎدن اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ وﺗﻠﻒ اﳊﻮض‪ .‬اﻗﻠﺐ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ أزرار أو اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻄﺮﹼزة ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬وإذا ﺗﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺴﺮاوﻳﻞ واﻟﺴﺘﺮات ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﺎت وﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻴﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ذات اﳋﻴﻮط اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ أﺧﺮى وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻫﺬه اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳋﻴﻮط ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪم ﻟﻚ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻮﻓﺮة ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫واﳌﺎء واﳌﺴﺤﻮق‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪) prewash‬ﻏﺴﻞ أوﻟﻲ( ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣١ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:31‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻮزن اﶈﺪد ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﳊﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﳉﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﻮع‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮاز‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM‬‬
‫‪) Night Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٢٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Baby Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‬
‫‪ ٦٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٣٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Super Eco Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٣٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‬
‫‪ ١٣٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف(‬
‫‪ ٤٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت(‬
‫‪ ٣٫٥‬ﻛﺠﻢ )ﻃﺒﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة(‬
‫‪) Anti-Bacterial‬ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ(‬
‫‪ ٩٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮازن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ )"ﻳﻀﻲء ‪ "UE‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪ ,‬وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬أﻋﺪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮازن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ "اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎت" أو أﻏﻄﻴﺔ "اﻟﻠﺤﺎف"‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮل ﻣﺪة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ أو ﺗﻘﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل ﺣﻤﺎﻻت اﻟﺼﺪر )اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺎء( ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮاؤﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﺴﺮ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﻼت اﻟﺼﺪر ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ أن ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻌﻬﻢ داﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺟﻴﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• وﺟﻮد ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪) Small Load‬ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﺜﻞ اﳉﻮارب‬
‫واﻟﻘﻔﺎزات واﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎت واﳌﻨﺎدﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا ﻳﺮﺟﻰ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ داﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻐﺴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﺣﺪﻫﺎ دون وﺟﻮد ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث اﻫﺘﺰازات‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٢ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:32‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ واﳌﻮاد اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺻﻠ ﹰﺒﺎ أو ﺧﺸﻨﹰﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ أداء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ إﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻘﻤﺎش )اﻟﻘﻄﻦ أو اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ أو اﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ أو اﻟﺼﻮف( واﻷﻟﻮان‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻻت اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫دوﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ذي "اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ" ﻣﺼﻤﻢ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ودرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ودرﺟﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﹰ‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎت اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻮزن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ودرﺟﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ ودرﺟﺔ ﻧﻘﺎء اﳌﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬وإذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮف ﻣﺎ إذا‬
‫ﻧﻘﻴﺎ أم ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎن اﳌﺎء ﹰ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺪورة ‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮف(‪:‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﹰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدﻻ ﹰ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮف ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻌﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻚ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺮك أﺛﺮﹰا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮف‪.‬‬
‫درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫وﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﳌﻮاد اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮى اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻴﺮات ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﳊﺠﻴﺮات اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ درج ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﳌﺎء أو ﺑﺨﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺳﺤﺐ درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﺣﺬر ﲡﺎوز ﺧﻂ‬
‫‪) MAX FILL‬اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ( " "‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮة‬
‫اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪(.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳊﺠﻴﺮة اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬اﺣﺬر ﲡﺎوز ﺧﻂ ‪) MAX FILL‬اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ( " "‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪورة ‪) Baby Care‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪.‬‬
‫إذا‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻮاع اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة اﳊﺠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ أﻟﻮاح أو أﻗﺮاص‬
‫• اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮة أو ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ إذاﺑﺔ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ أو اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ أو اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮزع )ﳌﻨﻊ إﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﳌﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٣ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:03‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec5:33‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ دورة ‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( دورة ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ذاﺗﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Power‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﲟﺠﺮد اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ‪) Delay Start‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﺪأ دورة ‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪورة ‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( أﺑ ﹰﺪا ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻼﺑﺲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ أو ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث أﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺿﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﻠﺔ أو ﻣﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﳌﺆﺷﺮ اﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺰر "‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ("‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻀﺎ ﹰء ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﺿﺮورة ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﻮض )اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ "‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ("‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫"‪) Eco drum clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(" ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ دورﺗﲔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆدي اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Eco drum clean‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن اﳌﺆﺷﺮ اﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ وﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫ﻣﺮات اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٤ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:04‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec6:34‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻗﻔﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﻴﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻴﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء وﳝﻨﻊ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﻴﺎه‪ .‬اﺗﺮك اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﻒ اﳉﺰء‬
‫اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫واﳌﺒﻴﻀﺎت واﳌﻮاد اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ وﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺎﺷﻄﺔ أو ورق اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮش اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء واﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮن‪.‬‬
‫اﳋﺰاﻧﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ دوري ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻷوﺳﺎخ أو اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو اﻟﻔﻀﻼت أو اﻟﺮواﺋﺢ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻔﻦ أو اﻟﻔﻄﺮﻳﺎت أو اﻟﻔﻀﻼت اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮﺳﺐ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻧﺒﻌﺎث رواﺋﺢ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ واﻟﺘﺼﺎق ﺑﻘﻊ داﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ رواﺳﺐ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ إذا أردت ذﻟﻚ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﳌﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ "اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺄﻣﺎن"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮزﱢع‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﳌﻮزﱢع اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ دوري ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ذراع اﻹﻃﻼق اﳌﻮﺟﻮد داﺧﻞ درج اﳌﻨﻈﻒ واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﳋﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫أﻓﺮغ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة اﳌﻨﻈﻒ‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺮج ﻏﻄﺎء اﳌﺼﺮف ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ وﺣﺠﻴﺮات اﳌﺒﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫اﻏﺴﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء اﳉﺎري‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﲡﻮﻳﻒ اﳌﻮزع ﺑﻔﺮﺷﺎة ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﻏﻄﺎء اﳌﺼﺮف إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺪة‪.‬‬
‫أﻋﺪ اﻟﻮﻋﺎء إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ذراع اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‬
‫)اﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮن(‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٥ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:05‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec6:35‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮك ﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ واﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪورة ‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( وأﺿﻒ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ إﻟﻰ اﳌﻮزﱢع اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﺪورة دون وﺟﻮد ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• أﻏﻠﻖ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﺎء واﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬واﺗﺮك ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻬﻮاء داﺧﻞ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﲢﺖ درﺟﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺮك ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﳋﺮوج اﳌﺎء اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳋﻄﺄ "‪ "5E‬أو ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺼﺒﺎح‬
‫"ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ] ["‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﳉﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ ﻏﻄﺎء اﳌﺼﻔﺎة ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﳌﺼﻔﺎة‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻏﻄﺎء اﳌﺼﺮف ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ إدارﺗﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ اﲡﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬أﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻴﺎه‪.‬‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫اﳋﻄﻮة رﻗﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬أﺧﺮج ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬اﻏﺴﻞ أي أوﺳﺎخ أو أي ﻣﻮاد أﺧﺮى ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺮوﺣﺔ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٦ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:05‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec6:36‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وأﺧﺮج أي أﻗﻤﺸﺔ أو ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﳊﺎﺟﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎك أي ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳊﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي ﺑﲔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫واﻟﺴﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﺤﺐ اﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﲢﺘﻪ وﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد أﺷﻴﺎء‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬه اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ اﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫اﳌﺒﻴﺾ وﻏﺎﻟﻮن )‪ ٣٫٨‬ﻟﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎء اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫أ( اﺧﻠﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ /٤‬ﻓﻨﺠﺎن )‪ ١٧٧‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻠﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﹼ‬
‫ب( اﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﲟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش رﻃﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﳌﺪة ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ج( اﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﹰ‬
‫د( اﻣﺴﺢ اﳉﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬واﺗﺮك اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮاء ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮك اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎم‪:‬‬
‫• ارﺗﺪ ﻗﻔﺎزات ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﳌﺪد ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺒﻴﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• راﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﳉﻬﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة ﹼ‬
‫اﳊﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻹﻃﺎر اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ أﻳﺔ أﺷﻴﺎء ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ أو ﺣﺎدة أو ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ اﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ أو ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪش اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو إﺗﻼﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﹰا ﻷن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﻌﺮﹼض ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺪش أو اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬وﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎول ﲡﻨﺐ ﺧﺪش اﻟﺴﻄﺢ أو إﺗﻼﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء ﻣﺮة ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‪ ،‬أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ "‪:"4E‬‬
‫‪ .١‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻚ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻣﻦ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‪ ،‬ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﺳﺤﺐ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ اﳋﺎرج ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮف اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام زرادﻳﺔ واﺷﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﻒ ﹰ‬
‫اﳉﺰأﻳﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ واﳋﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ اﳌﻠﻔﻮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬أﻋﺪ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺛﺒﺖ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻮﺻﻼت ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﻻ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‪.‬‬
‫إﺻﻼح ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻤﺪة‬
‫إذا اﻧﺨﻔﻀﺖ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة إﻟﻰ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ وﲡﻤﺪت اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﺐ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء ﻟﻔﻚ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء واﻧﻘﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺻﺐ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﳌﺪة ‪ ١٠‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬أﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺒﻮر اﳌﺎء وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء واﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٧ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec6:37‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ وﺣﻠﻬﺎ ورﻣﻮز‬
‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪...‬‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﳊﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪..‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ "اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ" ﲟﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﻴﺎه ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل(‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞء اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺻﻮات اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫واﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ أو أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎء أو ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺎء ﻛﺎف‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻼ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮرﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪا‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺛﻨﻴﺎت ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺰوﹼد ﺑﺎﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ وﻧﻈﹼ ﻒ اﳊﻮاﺟﺰ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺣﻮاﺟﺰ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮزﱢع‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻛﺎف‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺎء ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن "ﻗﺮص ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ" ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﹸﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺘﺰ أو ﲢﺪث ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ "اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻷرض ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷي ﺷﻲء آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ وزن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲤﺘﻠﺊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲟﺎء ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪• .‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ أو أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪور اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞء اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺻﻮات اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب واﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻓﺘﺮة ﺗﻮﻗﻒ أو ﻧﻘﻊ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺪورة‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻋﻮاﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ اﳊﻮاﺟﺰ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ وﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ اﳌﻴﺎه‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﻈﹼ ﻒ اﳊﻮاﺟﺰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ دوري‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻼ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮرﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ دﻓﻖ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺎﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺨﺎن اﳌﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺎه ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ‪ ١٢٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٤٩‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﹼ‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺳﺨﺎن اﳌﺎء وﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﺳﺘﺮداد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‪ .‬واﻓﺤﺺ ﹰ‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ اﳊﻮاﺟﺰ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺣﻮاﺟﺰ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﹼ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻞء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﻴﺎه ﻧﻈﺮﹰا ﻷن ﻣﻴﺰة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء اﻟﻮارد‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬا أﻣﺮﹰا‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻞء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺮور اﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ و ‪ /‬أو اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﳌﻮزﱢع ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد أو اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ‪ .‬وﻫﺬه وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﳌﻴﺰة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﻧﻈﺮﹰا‬
‫ﻷن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﻴﺎه‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٨ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec11:38‬‬
‫ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ أو ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ و‪/‬أو اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ أو أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺛﻨﻴﺎت ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬وﲡﻨﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﳌﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ .‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪور‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺼﺮ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻓﻠﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﳌﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪا ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺪورة‪• .‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ وﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﳊﻞ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪورة ‪) Sanitize‬اﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق اﻷﻣﺮ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺤﺮر آﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ "ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ" أو "ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪا" ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ذا ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﳌﺮاد ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪا‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪا )ﻗﻄﻌﺔ واﺣﺪة أو‬
‫اﺛﻨﺘﲔ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازﻧﺔ وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﻴﺎه‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺣﻜﺎم ﺟﻤﻴﻊ وﺻﻼت اﳋﺮاﻃﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل ﻃﺮف ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ وإﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ذا ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ رﻏﻮة زاﺋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ذا ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻦ أو أﺣﻤﺎل ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة أو ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت ذات اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼء ‪ Samsung‬اﶈﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٩ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec11:39‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ وﺣﻠﻬﺎ ورﻣﻮز‬
‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫رﻣﻮز اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻋﻄﺎل‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ أﺣﺪ رﻣﻮز اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﳉﺪول وﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﺟﺮاء‬
‫اﳊﻠﻮل اﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪.‬‬
‫اﳊﻞ‬
‫رﻣﺰ اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫‪4E‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺻﻨﺒﻮر ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪5E‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ا‪‬ﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫وزن اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮزﹼع‪ .‬أﻋﺪة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺲ ﺣﻤﺎم أو ﺟﻴﻨﺰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ "‪ "UE‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﳌﺮوﺣﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "‪) "Hot‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪UE‬‬
‫‪CE / 3E‬‬
‫‪Hot‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ أﻋﻼه‪ ،‬أو إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﳊﻞ اﳌﻘﺘﺮح ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Samsung‬أو اﳌﻮزع اﶈﻠﻲ اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Samsung‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤٠ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec11:40‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺪورات‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺪورات‬
‫)‪ ‬ﺧﻴﺎر اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪  ،‬ﺧﻴﺎر اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫‪ ٩٥‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٦٠٠‬‬
‫‪٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺎرد‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻮف‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺚ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:١٦‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:١٦‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺰاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:١٥‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢:٣٢‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٣:٢٢‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٠:٣٩‬‬
‫ﺻﻮف‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٠:٤٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮوﺷﺎت‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:٤٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎد اﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢:٥٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳊﺎوﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:٣٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺪورات‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺷﻄﻒ‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺼﺮ )دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﰎ ﻗﻴﺎس ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺪد اﻟﺪورات وﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻠﺸﺮوط اﳌﻨﺼﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪.IEC 60456/EN 60456‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺪة اﻟﺪورة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺰل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳉﺪول ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻻﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء ودرﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء وﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫وﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام "ﻗﻄﻦ ‪ ٦٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ" ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ‪.‬‬
‫ت ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ‪ ٩٥‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ أن ﲢﺪد دورة اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ أو ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات أو ﺧﻤﺲ ﻣﺮا ﹴ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ دورة دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﹸﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوران ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ وﲢﺴﲔ ﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤١ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec7:41‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ أرﺑﻌﺔ رﻣﻮز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ وﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ وﲡﻔﻴﻒ وﻛﻲ )وﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎف‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻤﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ واﳌﺴﺘﻮردة‪ .‬اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﻋﻤﺮ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫وﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °١٠٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪°٩٥‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎف ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أي ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °٦٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﺎف ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮوﻛﻠﻮرﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ا‪‬ﻔﻒ أو‬
‫اﻟﻜﺤﻮل اﻟﻨﻘﻲ أو ‪ R113‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °٤٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﺎف ﺑﻮﻗﻮد اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮات أو اﻟﻜﺤﻮل اﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬
‫أو ‪ R113‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °٣٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮع اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﺎف‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻒ وﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺮودة‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎف ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎدة ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻣﻊ اﳌﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ وﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎدة ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °٢٠٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮارة ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ °١٥٠‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﻨﻮع ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪ .‬إذا ﻗﺮرت اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﲔ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎت‪ .‬اﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﲟﺼﺪر ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻠﻊ اﻟﺒﺎب ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﳊﻴﻮاﻧﺎت أو اﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺼﻐﺎر ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎس داﺧﻞ‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻏﺴﻴﻞ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﳌﻨﻈﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮاد إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ وﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫وﻓﺮ اﳌﺎء واﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺄوزان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤٢ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:06‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec3:42‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ ١٣٧‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل إﻟﻰ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻮزن اﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ٨٣‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻞ واﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٣٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ ]ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺟﺎف[‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫وزن اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‬
‫دورات اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض ‪ ٦٥٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ ‪ X‬اﻟﻌﻤﻖ ‪ ٧٩٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ ‪ X‬اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ‪ ٩٥٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٨٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ ١٥٠‬واط‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻞ واﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‬
‫‪ ٢٣٠٠‬واط‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ ٢١٠٠‬واط‬
‫اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫‪ ٤٨٠‬واط‬
‫اﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬واط‬
‫اﻟﻐﻼف اﻟﻮرﻗﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٫٣‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻼف اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٫٨‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮض ﺷﻜﻞ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ وﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ دون إﺧﻄﺎر ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻷﻏﺮاض ﲢﺴﲔ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤٣ -‬‬
‫‪9:52:07‬‬
‫‪2016-04-07‬‬
‫‪WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec3:43‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت؟‬
‫أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑـ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
www.samsung.com/sa/home
www.samsung.com/sa_en
800 247 3457 (800 24/7 HELP)
SAUDI ARABIA
DC68-03129G-03
WD136UVHJSM-03129G-03_AR.indd Sec3:44
2016-04-07
9:52:07
Download PDF